[I18N] Update translation terms from Transifex

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "الموظفون"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "إضافة موظف جديد"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "السيرة الذاتية "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "المهارات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris <msea@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n"
@@ -1304,124 +1304,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "نظرة عامة"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "المنتدى"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "التعلم الإلكتروني "
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "المطلوب تنفيذه"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1720,6 +1602,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "مركز المساعدة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "المعرفة"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "المنتدى المجتمعي "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "يطرح سؤالًا"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "تم التصويت تأييداً للسؤال  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "تم التصويت معارضةً على السؤال  "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "تم التصويت تأييداً للإجابة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "تم التصويت معارضة على الإجابة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "قبول إجابة"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "تم قبول الإجابة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "تم تعليم الإجابة بعلامة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "اطرح أسئلة"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "الإجابة على الأسئلة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "التصويت مؤيداً "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "تصويت معارض "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "تحرير منشورك "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "تحرير كافة المنشورات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "إغلاق منشوراتك "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "إغلاق كافة المنشورات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "حذف منشوراتك "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "حذف كافة المنشورات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "روابط عدم المتابعة"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "قبول إجابة لجميع الأسئلة"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "إلغاء ربط تعليقاتك "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "إلغاء ربط كافة التعليقات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "اطرح أسئلة دون تصديق "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "تعليم المنشور بعلامة لكونه مسيئاً "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "الإشراف على المنشورات "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "تغيير علامات تصنيف السؤال "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "إنشاء علامات تصنيف جديدة "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "التعلم الإلكتروني "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -132,3 +132,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Mitarbeiter"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Einen neuen Mitarbeiter hinzufügen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "Lebenslauf"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Kompetenzen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2022
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -12,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n"
@@ -1304,124 +1303,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Übersicht"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Forum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "Einstellen"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "E-Learning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Zu erledigen"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1720,6 +1601,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Hilfezentrum"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Wissensdatenbank"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "Community-Forum"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Eine Frage stellen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Frage positiv bewerten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Frage negativ bewerten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Antwort positiv bewertet"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Antwort negativ bewertet"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Eine Antwort akzeptieren"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Antwort akzeptiert"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Antwort gekennzeichnet"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Fragen stellen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Fragen beantworten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Positiv bewerten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Negativ bewerten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Eigene Beiträge bearbeiten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Alle Beiträge bearbeiten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Eigene Beiträge schließen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Alle Beiträge schließen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Eigene Beiträge löschen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Alle Beiträge löschen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "„Nofollow“-Links"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Antwort auf alle Fragen akzeptieren"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Eigene Kommentarverlinkungen aufheben"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Alle Kommentarverlinkungen aufheben"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Fragen stellen ohne Validierung"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Beitrag als anstößig kennzeichnen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Beiträge moderieren"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Fragenstichwörter ändern"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Neue Stichwörter erstellen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "E-Learning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023
-# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
+# Iran Villalobos López, 2023
 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -106,15 +106,16 @@ msgid ""
 "address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource "
 "Locator)`."
 msgstr ""
-"En el tablero de KeyCDN primero vaya a  :menuselection:`Zones` en el menú de"
+"En el tablero de KeyCDN primero vaya a  :menuselection:`Zones` (zonas) en el"
-" la izquierda. En el formulario, pónganle nombre a la zona en "
+" menú de la izquierda. En el formulario, pónganle nombre a la zona en "
-":guilabel:`Zone Name`, el cual aparecerá como parte del :abbr:`URL "
+":guilabel:`Zone Name` (nombre de la zona), el cual aparecerá como parte del "
-"(localizador de recursos uniforme)` de la :abbr:`CDN (red de distribución de"
+":abbr:`URL (localizador de recursos uniforme)` de la :abbr:`CDN (red de "
-" contenidos)`. Después, configure el :guilabel:`Zone Status` (estado de la "
+"distribución de contenidos)`. Después, configure el :guilabel:`Zone Status` "
-"zona) como :guilabel:`active` para activar la zona. En :guilabel:`Zone Type`"
+"(estado de la zona) como :guilabel:`active` para activar la zona. En "
-"  elija el valor :guilabel:`Pull`; finalmente, en :guilabel:`Pull Settings` "
+":guilabel:`Zone Type`  elija el valor :guilabel:`Pull`; finalmente, en "
-"ingrese el :guilabel:`URL de origen`, que debería ser el :abbr:`URL "
+":guilabel:`Pull Settings` ingrese el :guilabel:`URL de origen`, que debería "
-"(localizador de recursos uniforme)` completo de su base de datos."
+"ser el :abbr:`URL (localizador de recursos uniforme)` completo de su base de"
+" datos."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28
 msgid ""
@@ -140,11 +141,12 @@ msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is "
 ":guilabel:`enabled`."
 msgstr ""
-"En :guilabel:`General Settings` después del formulario de la zona, haga clic"
+"En :guilabel:`General Settings` (ajustes generales) después del formulario "
-" en el botón :guilabel:`Show all settings` para expandir las opciones de la "
+"de la zona, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Show all settings` (mostrar "
-"zona, esta debería ser la última opción en la página. Después de expandir el"
+"todos los ajustes) para expandir las opciones de la zona, esta debería ser "
-" menú :guilabel:`General Settings` asegúrese de que la opción "
+"la última opción en la página. Después de expandir el menú "
-":guilabel:`CORS` está :guilabel:`activada`."
+":guilabel:`General Settings` asegúrese de que la opción :guilabel:`CORS` "
+"está :guilabel:`activada`."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41
 msgid ""
@@ -323,7 +325,7 @@ msgid ""
 "the internet."
 msgstr ""
 "Este documento describe los pasos básicos para configurar Odoo en producción"
-" o en un servidor orientado a Internet. Sigue :ref:`installation "
+" o en un servidor orientado a internet. Sigue :ref:`installation "
 "<setup/install>`, y, por lo general, no es necesario para un sistema de "
 "desarrollo que no esté expuesto en internet."
 
@@ -417,8 +419,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
-msgstr "en ``/etc/odoo.conf`` configure:"
+msgstr ""
+"en :ref:`el archivo de configuración <reference/cmdline/config_file>` "
+"configure:"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -801,8 +805,9 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM para Odoo"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
-msgstr "en ``/etc/odoo.conf``:"
+msgstr ""
+"en :ref:`el archivo de configuración <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
 msgid "HTTPS"
@@ -3267,10 +3272,14 @@ msgid ""
 "appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft"
 " Outlook using OAuth authentication."
 msgstr ""
+"Ahora haga clic en :guilabel:`probar conexión`, debería aparecer un mensaje "
+"de confirmación. Ahora, la base de datos de Odoo puede enviar correos "
+"seguros a través de Microsoft Outlook con la ayuda de la autenticación "
+"OAuth."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192
 msgid "Multiple user configuration"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configuración de varios usuarios"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194
 msgid ""
@@ -3279,6 +3288,12 @@ msgid ""
 "other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set "
 ":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server."
 msgstr ""
+"Tendrá que configurar un servidor diferente para cada usuario. Debe "
+"configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` de tal manera que solo se "
+"envíen correos de ese usuario desde ese servidor. En otras palabras, tiene "
+"que configurar el servidor de tal manera que solo el usuario que tenga la "
+"misma dirección de correo que el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` pueda usar "
+"el servidor. "
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198
 msgid ""
@@ -3290,6 +3305,14 @@ msgid ""
 "information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
 "<email_communication/default>`."
 msgstr ""
+"Después de configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter`, configure una "
+"dirección de correo alternativa para poder enviar notificaciones. Debe "
+"configurar esta dirección de coreo alternativo como :guilabel:`un servidor "
+"transaccional general`. El parámetro de sistema "
+":guilabel:`mail.default.from` debe ser el mismo que el :guilabel:`nombre de "
+"usuario` de la cuenta del servidor transaccional general. Para más "
+"información vea :ref:`Use una dirección de correo automática "
+"<email_communication/default>`."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213
@@ -3306,7 +3329,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210
 msgid "Configure incoming email server"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Configure un servidor de correo electrónico de llegada"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212
 msgid ""
@@ -3319,6 +3342,15 @@ msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the "
 "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database."
 msgstr ""
+"La cuenta de llegada se debe configurar casi igual al servidor de salida. "
+"Vaya al :guilabel:`menú técnico` y en :guilabel:`Servidores de correo "
+"entrante` :guilabel:`cree` una nueva configuración. Seleccione el botón "
+"junto a :guilabel:`Autenticación OAuth de Outlook` e inserte el "
+":guilabel:`nombre de usuario de Microsoft Outlook`, después, haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Conecte su cuenta de Outlook`. Recibirá un aviso que dirá "
+":guilabel:`Token de Outlook válido`, por lo que ahora solo tiene que "
+":guilabel:`confirmar y probar` la cuenta, que ya debería estar lista para "
+"recibir correos en la base de datos de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220
 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
@@ -3390,12 +3422,16 @@ msgid ""
 "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name "
 "<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/register-a-free-domain-name-1663>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"`Tutoriales de Odoo: registrar un nombre de dominio gratis "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/register-a-free-domain-name-1663>`_"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27
 msgid ""
 "`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! "
 "<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAfgeNOHLP4>`_"
 msgstr ""
+"`Consejos de Odoo: ¡Obtén un nombre de dominio gratis! "
+"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAfgeNOHLP4>`_"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32
 msgid "About domain names"
@@ -4193,8 +4229,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise"
+msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise"
-msgstr "Actualizar de Community a Enterprise"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -4449,6 +4485,10 @@ msgid ""
 "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User "
 "Type to be used."
 msgstr ""
+"A las cuentas *personales* de Gmail solo se les permite ser el tipo de "
+"usuario **externo**. Esto significa que es posible que Google requiera una "
+"aprobación o que agregue *alcances*. Sin embargo, si usa una cuenta de "
+"*Google WorkSpace* podrá usar el tipo de usuario **interno**."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59
 msgid ""
@@ -4456,6 +4496,9 @@ msgid ""
 "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing"
 " mode is set to 100 users."
 msgstr ""
+"También tome en cuenta que siempre y cuando la conexión API se encuentre en "
+"el modo de prueba *externo* no necesitará que Google aprueba nada. El límite"
+" de usuarios en modo de prueba es 100."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63
 msgid "Edit app registration"
@@ -12161,69 +12204,173 @@ msgstr ""
 "siempre una actualización de prueba antes de actualizar sus instancias de "
 "producción. "
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5
-msgid "Requesting a test upgrade"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Solicitar una actualización de prueba "
+"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website."
+" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in."
+msgstr ""
+"Las bases de datos de Odoo se pueden actualizar directamente desde la página"
+" web principal de Odoo. Para actualizar una base de datos de Odoo, vaya a la"
+" página del `administrador de la base de datos "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ e inicie sesión.  "
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8
-msgid "Go to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-msgstr ""
-"Vaya a su `administrador de la base de datos "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9
-msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*."
-msgstr "Haga clic en el icono de su perfil y seleccione *Mis bases de datos* "
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
-msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile"
-msgstr "Seleccionar Mis bases de datos en mi perfil "
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to "
+"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with"
-"the test upgrade."
+" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent "
+"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database "
+"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el botón de la flecha apuntando hacia arriba junto al nombre de"
+"La página del administrador de la base de datos muestra todas las bases de "
-" su base de datos principal para continuar con la actualización de prueba. "
+"datos de Odoo asociadas con la cuenta del usuario. Cualquier base de datos "
+"que no esté actualizada a la versión más reciente de Odoo mostrará un ícono "
+"de una **flecha dentro de un cículo** junto al nombre de la base de datos, "
+"lo que indica que puede actualizar la base de datos. "
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid "Selecting the action settings icon"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Seleccionar el icono de configuraciones de acción "
+"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a "
+"database."
+msgstr ""
+"La página del administrador de la base de datos con un botón de actualizar "
+"junto al nombre de la base de datos. "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17
+msgid "Test database"
+msgstr "Base de datos de prueba"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then "
+"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the"
-":guilabel:`Test` as purpose."
+" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that "
+"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, "
+"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the "
+"database upgrade."
 msgstr ""
-"En el mensaje emergente que aparece, seleccione la versión objetivo y luego "
+"Haga clic en el ícono de la **flecha dentro del círculo** para iniciar el "
-"en :guilabel:`Prueba` como el propósito. "
+"proceso de actualización. En la ventana emergente que aparecerá de "
+":guilabel:`Actualizar su base de datos` seleccione la versión de Odoo a la "
+"que se actualizará la plataforma. En el campo  :guilabel:`Correo electrónico"
+" para notificaciones`, introduzca una dirección de correo electrónico que "
+"recibirá las notificaciones sobre la actualización de la base de datos.    "
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your "
+"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to "
-"upgraded database at least once."
+"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, "
+"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to "
+"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual "
+"database."
 msgstr ""
-"El propósito :guilabel:`Producción` no aparecerá si no probó su base de "
+"También hay una sección de :guilabel:`Propósito` en la ventana emergente que"
-"datos actualizada por lo menos una vez."
+" aparece que se usa para especificar la razón de la actualización. Sin "
+"embargo, en este punto del proceso, la única opción que puede seleccionar es"
+" :guilabel:`Prueba`, puesto que Odoo requiere que los usuarios creen una "
+"copia de prueba de la base de datos actualizada antes de actualizar la base "
+"de datos real.   "
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid ""
+msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up."
-"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then "
+msgstr "Ventana emergente de **Actualizar su base de datos**. "
-"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide "
-"information if the upgrade failed."
-msgstr ""
-"Esto activa el proceso automatizado de actualización. Se le envia un correo "
-"de confirmación con el enlace de la base de datos actualizada o para "
-"proporcionarle información en caso de que la actualización haya fallado. "
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* "
+"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up"
-"page."
+" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade "
+"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is "
+"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up."
 msgstr ""
-"También puede ver y acceder a su base de datos de prueba desde su página de "
+"Después de completar el formulario, haga clic en el botón de "
-"*Mis bases de datos*. "
+":guilabel:`Actualizar`. La ventana emergente desaparecerá y la base de datos"
+" que se está actualizando tendrá una etiqueta roja que dice "
+":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` junto a su nombre. Se enviará un "
+"correo a la dirección de correo que especificó en la ventana emergente "
+"confirmando que la actualización está en proceso "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name."
+msgstr ""
+"Etiqueta de **Actualización en progreso** junto al nombre de la base de "
+"datos. "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test "
+"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main "
+"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, "
+"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test "
+"version's row to go to the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que la actualización esté completa, aparecerá una nueva base de "
+"datos en la página del `administrador de la base de datos "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_. Para acceder a la base de datos de "
+"prueba, haga clic en la flecha desplegable  (:guilabel:`⯆`) que se encuentra"
+" a la izquiera del nombre de la base de datos principal. Al hacerlo, la "
+"versión de prueba aparecerá debajo de ella. Finalmente, haga clic en el "
+"botón verde :guilabel:`Conectar`, que se encuentra del lado derecho de la "
+"fila de la versión de prueba, para entrar a la base de datos.     "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "A test database on the database manager page."
+msgstr "Una base de datos de prueba en la página del administrador."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact"
+" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in "
+"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any "
+"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected."
+msgstr ""
+"A excepción de ser una versión de Odoo más nueva, la base de datos de prueba"
+" es una copia exacta de la que se actualizará. Es importante realizar probar"
+" de manera exhaustiva esta base de datos para asegurarse de que la "
+"actualización no alteró o daño datos y que todos los flujos de trabajo aún "
+"funcionan como deberían. "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57
+msgid "Production database"
+msgstr "Base de datos de producción"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the"
+" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The "
+":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that "
+"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"Después de verificar la integridad de la nueva versión, regrese a la página "
+"del `administrador de la base de datos "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_. Haga clic de nuevo en el ícono de la "
+"**flecha dentro del círculo** junto a la base de datos que actualizará. "
+"Aparecerá la ventana emergente :guilabel:`Actualizar su base de datos`, pero"
+" esta vez podrá seleccionar la opción de :guilabel:`Producción` en la "
+"sección de :guilabel:`Propósito`.   "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` "
+"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the"
+" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"appears next to the name of the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Seleccione la opción de :guilabel:`Producción` y luego haga clic en "
+":guilabel:`Actualizar` para empezar el proceso de actualización.  Como pasó "
+"anteriormente, recibirá un correo de notificación a la dirección de correo "
+"electrónico que estableció y aparecerá una etiqueta roja que dice "
+":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` junto al nombre de la base de datos. "
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Una vez que termine la actualización, la etiqueta de "
+":guilabel:`Actualización en progreso` desaparecerá y la base de datos estará"
+" actualizada a la versión especificada. "
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10
 msgid ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -16,22 +16,22 @@
 # Marian Cuadra, 2022
 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez <alan.ramos@jarsa.com.mx>, 2022
 # marcescu, 2022
-# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2022
 # Nelson Ramírez <info@konos.cl>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Pablo Rojas <rojaspablo88@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023
+# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo <pagc@odoo.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -538,6 +538,10 @@ msgid ""
 "However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User "
 "Type to be used."
 msgstr ""
+"A las cuentas *personales* de Gmail solo se les permite ser el tipo de "
+"usuario **externo**. Esto significa que es posible que Google requiera una "
+"aprobación o que agregue *alcances*. Sin embargo, si usa una cuenta de "
+"*Google WorkSpace* podrá usar el tipo de usuario **interno**."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62
 msgid ""
@@ -545,6 +549,9 @@ msgid ""
 "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing"
 " mode is set to 100 users."
 msgstr ""
+"También tome en cuenta que siempre y cuando la conexión API se encuentre en "
+"el modo de prueba *externo* no necesitará que Google aprueba nada. El límite"
+" de usuarios en modo de prueba es 100."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65
 msgid ""
@@ -570,6 +577,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`."
 msgstr ""
+"Finalmente, navegue al final de la página y haga clic en :guilabel:`Back to "
+"Dashboard` (volver al tablero)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76
 msgid "Credentials"
@@ -4872,14 +4881,10 @@ msgstr "Agrupar registros en el reporte de análisis de ventas"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95
 msgid ""
-"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present "
+"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on "
-"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom "
+"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, "
-"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
+"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
 msgstr ""
-"También puede **personalizar grupos** utilizando una amplia gama de campos "
-"presentes en el modelo. Haga clic en :menuselection:`Agrupar por --> Agregar"
-" grupo personalizado`, seleccione un campo y haga clic en "
-":guilabel:`Aplicar`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99
 msgid ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -164,3 +164,503 @@ msgstr ""
 "Si el lector de códigos de barras está conectado directamente a una "
 "computadora, debe estar configurado para utilizar la distribución de su "
 "teclado."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Empleados"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Agregar un nuevo empleado"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "Currículum vitae"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Habilidades"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
@@ -1372,194 +1372,139 @@ msgstr "Dirigirse a un público"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when "
+"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when "
-"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` "
+"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps"
-"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, "
+" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can "
-"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right "
+"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at "
-"customers at the right time."
+"the right time."
 msgstr ""
-"Llevar campañas de marketing al público *adecuado* es primordial para el "
-"crecimiento de una empresa. La aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de "
-"marketing de Odoo` ayuda al personal de marketing a lograrlo al brindarles "
-"herramientas de filtrado, tan sencillas o complejas como lo necesiten, para "
-"llegar a los clientes adecuados en el momento correcto."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11
-msgid "Work with target filters"
+msgid "Configure target filters"
-msgstr "Trabajar con filtros objetivo"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options"
+"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some "
-" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter "
+"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The "
-"has more refined parameters within it."
+":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more "
+"refined parameters within it that can be customized."
 msgstr ""
-"Al configurar los filtros de una campaña de marketing, hay algunas opciones "
-"que tienen un icono de flecha. La flecha significa que el filtro tiene "
-"parámetros más específicos."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 "El menú desplegable de filtros en la aplicación Automatización de marketing."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds "
 "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new "
 "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, "
-"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements."
+"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` "
+"statements."
 msgstr ""
-"Los filtros se pueden agregar mediante las *ramas* y los *nodos*. Un *nodo* "
-"agrega otro parámetro de filtro a un grupo de condiciones de objetivos (por "
-"ejemplo, una nueva línea) y una *rama* crea un grupo de parámetros muy "
-"específicos, lo que permite agrupar filtros mediante sentencias *cualquiera*"
-" o *todas*."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
 msgstr "Hay dos opciones cada que se crea una nueva rama:"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules"
-" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)."
+" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"Los registros pueden coincidir con :guilabel:`TODOS` los criterios de las "
-"reglas (es una sentencia AND en la que todos los criterios deben coincidir)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules "
-"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)."
+"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"Los registros pueden coincidir con :guilabel:`CUALQUIER` criterio de las "
-"reglas (es una sentencia OR en la que solo uno de los criterios debe "
-"coincidir)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon "
-"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`."
+"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`."
 msgstr ""
-"Para cambiar entre estas dos opciones solo haga clic en el icono de flecha "
-"desplegable en el recuadro verde y seleccione :guilabel:`cualquiera` o "
-":guilabel:`todas`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add "
+"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add "
-"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a "
+"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node"
-":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`."
+" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it."
 msgstr ""
-"Para agregar un nodo haga clic en :guilabel:`+ (icono de signo de más)`. "
-"Para agregar otra rama haga clic en :guilabel:`... (icono de puntos "
-"suspensivos)`. Para excluir un :guilabel:`nodo` (o una :guilabel:`rama`), "
-"haga clic en :guilabel:`x (eliminar)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45
 msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr "Casos de uso"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a "
+"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a "
 "marketing campaign might commonly use."
 msgstr ""
-"Los siguientes escenarios describen combinaciones distintas de filtros que "
-"una campaña de marketing puede utilizar con regularidad."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51
-msgid ""
+msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-msgstr "Escenario 1: delimitar el objetivo a nuevas oportunidades en el flujo"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
-"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"En el modo de edición de un formulario de plantilla de campaña, seleccione "
-"el campo :guilabel:`objetivo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`buscar más` en el "
-"menú desplegable. Después, busque la opción :guilabel:`Lead/oportunidad` y "
-"selecciónela."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for "
-"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
+":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"A continuación, haga clic en :guilabel:`agregar filtro` en el campo "
-":guilabel:`Filtro`. Haga clic en la opción predeterminada de filtro "
-":guilabel:`ID` en la primera parte de la ecuación de filtro. Hacerlo abre un"
-" menú desplegable de opciones de filtro. En este menú desplegable, baje (o "
-"busque) la opción :guilabel:`tipo`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= "
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of "
+"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter "
+"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
 msgstr ""
-"Mantenga la segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro en su forma "
-"predeterminada :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
+"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 "
+"(equal sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
 ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of "
-":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as "
+":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the "
-"the equation is customized."
+"equation is customized."
 msgstr ""
-"Luego, cambie la tercera (y última) parte de la ecuación de filtro de "
-":guilabel:`lead` a :guilabel:`oportunidad`. El número de "
-":guilabel:`registros` que cumplen con esta ecuación de filtro en específico "
-"cambiará conforme se personalice la ecuación."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103
 msgid ""
-"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to"
+"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` "
-" the right of the equation."
+"icon to the right of the equation."
 msgstr ""
-"Agregue otro nodo a este filtro mediante el icono de :guilabel:`+ (signo de "
-"más)` a la derecha de la ecuación."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node "
-"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
+"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
 "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
 "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
 "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
-"Como las oportunidades \"nuevas\" son el objetivo de este filtro, el segundo"
-" nodo se concentrará solo en encontrar oportunidades que estén en la etapa "
-":guilabel:`nuevo` del flujo. Para hacerlo, seleccione el :guilabel:`ID` "
-"predeterminado de la primera parte de la segunda ecuación de filtro y baje "
-"(o busque) la opción :guilabel:`etapa` del menú desplegable de campos."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= "
+"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
-"Otra vez, mantenga la segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro como "
-":guilabel:`= (signo de igual)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the "
-"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, "
+"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only "
-"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the "
+"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline."
-"pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"Por último, resalte el valor predeterminado en la tercera (y última) parte "
-"de la segunda ecuación de filtro y escriba :guilabel:`nuevo`. Una vez hecho "
-"esto, Odoo solo tendrá por objetivo oportunidades que se encuentren en la "
-"etapa \"nuevo\" del flujo."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid ""
@@ -1568,27 +1513,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "Escenario estándar que utiliza filtros en la aplicación Automatización de "
 "marketing de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a "
+"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific "
-"specific ticket"
+"ticket"
 msgstr ""
-"Escenario 2: delimitar el objetivo a los asistentes de un evento que "
-"compraron un boleto en específico"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or "
-"it."
+"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"En el modo de edición de un formulario de plantilla de campaña, seleccione "
-"el campo :guilabel:`objetivo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`buscar más` en el "
-"menú desplegable. Después, baje (o busque) la opción :guilabel:`evento` y "
-"selecciónela."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
 " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
@@ -1601,62 +1540,53 @@ msgstr ""
 " menú desplegable de opciones de filtro. En este menú desplegable, baje (o "
 "busque) la opción :guilabel:`evento`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98
 msgid ""
-"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of "
+"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of "
-"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select "
+"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down "
-":guilabel:`contains`."
+"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el valor predeterminado :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)` en la "
-"segunda parte de la ecuación de filtro. Esto abre un menú desplegable, "
-"seleccione la opción :guilabel:`contiene`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the "
-"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign "
+"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter."
-"filter."
 msgstr ""
-"En la tercera (y última) parte vacía de la ecuación de filtro escriba el "
-"nombre del evento o eventos que quiere que Odoo considere en este filtro de "
-"campaña."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus "
+"sign)` icon to the right of the equation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who "
-"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the "
+"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned "
-"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
+"in the first filter equation."
-"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
-"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that "
-"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`."
 msgstr ""
-"El segundo nodo se enfocará en dirigir esta campaña a los asistentes que "
-"compraron un tipo de boleto en específico al evento o eventos antes "
-"mencionados en la primera ecuación de filtro. Para hacerlo, seleccione el "
-":guilabel:`ID` predeterminado de la primera porción de la segunda ecuación "
-"de filtro, y baje (o busque) :guilabel:`Boleto del evento` en el menú "
-"desplegable. Posteriormente, en ese mismo menú, seleccione "
-":guilabel:`Nombre`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110
 msgid ""
-"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second "
+"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the "
+"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event "
+"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, "
+"select :guilabel:`Name`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second "
 "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"Vuelva a hacer clic en el default :guilabel:`= (signo de igual)` en la "
-"segunda porción de la ecuación de filtro, y seleccione :guilabel:`contiene`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, "
-"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used"
+"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for "
-" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event"
+"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event "
-" ticket type for this sample filter."
+"ticket type for this sample filter."
 msgstr ""
-"Por último, en la tercera (y última) porción de la segunda ecuación de "
-"filtro, la cual estará en blanco, escriba el nombre del tipo de boleto que "
-"se debe usar en el filtro. En este caso el nombre del tipo de boleto de "
-"evento para este filtro es :guilabel:`Estándar`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application."
@@ -1665,8 +1595,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "de Odoo."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3
-msgid "Testing and running a campaign"
+msgid "Testing/running campaigns"
-msgstr "Probar y ejecutar una campaña"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1678,18 +1608,23 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a "
+"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and "
-"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or"
+"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form."
-" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this "
+msgstr ""
-"documentation <workflow_activities>`). To start a test, click the "
+
-":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form."
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities "
+"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on "
+":doc:`this documentation "
+"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of "
+"the campaign form."
 msgstr ""
-"Primero, entre a la aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de marketing` y "
-"haga clic en una campaña. Asegúrese de que la camapaña ya tenga actividades "
-"configuradas (o cree una campaña con las instrucciones de :doc:`este "
-"documento <workflow_activities>`). Para empezar una prueba, haga clic en el "
-"botón de :guilabel:`Comenzar una prueba` en la parte superior del formulario"
-" de la plantilla."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation."
@@ -1697,54 +1632,51 @@ msgstr ""
 "Botón de Comenzar una prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de"
 " Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a "
-"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking"
-" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and"
-" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button."
-msgstr ""
-"Aparece una ventana emergente cuando hace clic en él. En el campo "
-"desplegable, elija un registro específico en el que realizar la prueba, o "
-"cree un nuevo registro al hacer clic en el enlace de :guilabel:`Buscar "
-"más...` en la parte inferior del menú desplegable, y haga clic en el botón "
-"de :guilabel:`Crear`."
-
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will "
+"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the "
-"redirect to the campaign test page."
+"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the "
+"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` "
+"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the "
+":guilabel:`Create` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and "
+":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information "
+"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the "
+":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the "
+":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the "
+"campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que seleccione el registro, haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` y "
-"Odoo lo redireccionará a la página de prueba de la campaña."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 "Pantalla de prueba en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with"
+"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested "
-" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first "
+"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in "
-"activity (or activities) in the workflow."
+"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the "
+"workflow that's being tested."
 msgstr ""
-"Aquí se puede ver el nombre del :guilabel:`registro` al que se realiza la "
-"prueba, junto con la hora exacta en la que se inició el flujo de trabajo de "
-"prueba. Debajo se encuentran la primera actividad (o actividades) en el "
-"flujo de trabajo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in"
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a "
-" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the "
+":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow."
-"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity."
+" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and "
+"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time."
 msgstr ""
-"Para iniciar una prueba, haga clic en el icono de :guilabel:`Ejecutar` que "
-"se encuentra junto a la primera actividad del flujo de trabajo. Al hacer "
-"clic en él, la página volverá a cargar y Odoo le mostrará los varios "
-"resultados (y datos analíticos) relacionados con esa actividad en "
-"específico."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation."
@@ -1752,16 +1684,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Progreso de prueba del flujo de trabajo en la aplicación Automatización de "
 "marketing de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be "
+"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move "
-"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the "
+"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow "
-"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
+"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-"
+"left corner of the campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que se completen todas las actividades del flujo de trabajo, la "
-"prueba terminará y se moverá a la etapa de :guilabel:`Completado`. Para "
-"detener una prueba antes de completar todas las actividades del flujo de "
-"trabajo, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`Detener`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3
 msgid "Marketing activities"
@@ -1769,26 +1698,24 @@ msgstr "Actividades de marketing"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users "
+"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan "
-"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get "
+"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns."
-"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add"
-" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can "
-"be set for that specific activity."
 msgstr ""
-"Al crear una campaña en la aplicación :guilabel:`Automatización de "
-"marketing`, los usuarios pueden planear actividades de marketing como "
-"campañas por correo electrónico o por SMS. Para empezar, vaya al área de "
-":guilabel:`Flujo de trabajo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar nueva "
-"actividad`. Aparecerá una plantilla de actividad en blanco en la que puede "
-"establecer los parámetros de esta actividad específica."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template "
+"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign "
-"will appear with the following customizable fields:"
+"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a "
+":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank "
+"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-"
+"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):"
 msgstr ""
-"Cuando selecciona :guilabel:`Agregar nueva actividad`, aparecerá una "
-"plantilla de actividad en blanco con los siguientes campos personalizables:"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation."
@@ -1796,19 +1723,17 @@ msgstr ""
 "Una plantilla de actividad en la aplicación Automatización de marketing de "
 "Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity."
 msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la actividad`: es el título de la actividad."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
 msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal "
+":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal"
-"Odoo operation), or SMS."
+" Odoo operation), or `SMS`."
 msgstr ""
-":guilabel:`Tipo de actividad`: elija entre Correo electrónico, Acción del "
-"servidor (operación interna de Odoo), o SMS."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a"
 " new one on-the-fly)."
@@ -1816,11 +1741,11 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Plantilla de correo`: elija una de las plantillas preconfiguradas"
 " (o cree una nueva en el momento)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24
 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered."
 msgstr ":guilabel:`Activador`: elija cuando se debe activar esta actividad."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific "
 "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a "
@@ -1835,15 +1760,13 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`horas, días, semanas o meses` posteriores a la fecha inicial "
 "quieren detener las acciones."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all "
-"subsequent Child Activities)."
+"subsequent child activities)."
 msgstr ""
-":guilabel:`Filtro de actividad`: dominio relacionado con esta actividad (y "
-"todas las subsecuentes actividades hijas)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it "
 "satisfies the specified domain (filter)."
@@ -1851,43 +1774,40 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Filtro activado`: la actividad se realizará *solo* si cumple con "
 "el dominio (filtro) especificado."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & "
-"Close` to finish creating the activity."
+"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign "
+"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create "
+"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or "
+":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing "
+"automation campaign form."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que termine de configurar los ajustes de la actividad, haga clic en "
-":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para finalizar la creación de la actividad."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
 msgid "Workflow activity"
 msgstr "Actividad del flujo de trabajo"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where "
+"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears"
-"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger "
+" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is "
-"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow "
+"displayed as a line graph."
-"Activity` card."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez guardada, la :guilabel:`actividad del flujo de trabajo` aparecerá en"
-" Odoo, en donde cada actividad se muestra como un gráfico de forma "
-"predeterminada. Puede consultar el tiempo activador configurado para esa "
-"actividad en la tarjeta de :guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo` que se"
-" encuentra a la izquierda."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of "
+"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to "
-"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and "
+"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the "
-":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference"
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section."
-" (in green and red, respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of "
+":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to "
+"the right of the graph."
 msgstr ""
-"En la sección de :guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo` también está el "
-"número de actividades que se realizaron con éxito o fueron rechazadas. El "
-"número de :guilabel:`Éxitos` y :guilabel:`Rechazos` están codificados por "
-"color en el gráfico para facilitar la consulta (son verdes y rojos, "
-"respectivamente)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation."
@@ -1895,54 +1815,47 @@ msgstr ""
 "Actividad de flujo de trabajo normal en la aplicación Automatización de "
 "marketing de Odoo."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to "
-":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the "
+":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity "
-":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been "
+"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what "
-":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been "
+"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, "
-":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
+"or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
 msgstr ""
-"Si el :guilabel:`tipo de actividad` se establece como :guilabel:`Correo "
-"electrónico`, puede consultar datos analíticos más detallados en la "
-":guilabel:`Actividad del flujo de trabajo`, incluyendo cuántos correos ha "
-":guilabel:`enviado` y la tasa de :guilabel:`clics`, :guilabel:`respuestas` y"
-" :guilabel:`devueltos`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62
 msgid "Child activities"
 msgstr "Actividades hijas"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child "
+"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking "
-"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the "
+":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block"
-"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*."
+" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo da la opción de :guilabel:`Agregar actividades hijas`. Las *actividades"
-" hijas* son subactividades están conectadas con (y son activadas por) una "
-"actividad anterior, la que se conoce como su *actividad padre*."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child "
+"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)"
-"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the"
+" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*."
-" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over "
-":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo proporciona varias opciones activadores para iniciar una "
-":guilabel:`actividad hija`, y todas dependen de la configuración de "
-"activadores de la actividad padre. Vaya a la actividad padre que desea, "
-"coloque su puntero sobre :guilabel:`Agregar actividad hija` y seleccione el "
-"activador:"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - "
+"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent "
+"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child"
+" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity."
 msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Agregar otra actividad`: agrega otra actividad de forma "
 "instantánea."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) "
 "recipient opens the mailing."
@@ -1950,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Abierto`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario "
 "abre el correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient"
 " does not open the mailing."
@@ -1958,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`No abierto`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario "
 "no abre el correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "replies to the mailing."
@@ -1966,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Contestado`: la siguiente actividad se activa si el destinatario "
 "contesta al correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not reply to the mailing."
@@ -1974,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`No contestado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el "
 "destinatario no contesta al correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "clicks on a link included in the mailing."
@@ -1982,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el "
 "destinatario hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing."
@@ -1990,7 +1903,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`No seleccionado`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el "
 "destinatario no hace clic en un enlace incluido en el correo electrónico."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is "
 "bounced (not sent)."
@@ -1998,16 +1911,14 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Devuelto`: la siguiente actividad se activará si el correo "
 "electrónico fue devuelto (no lo recibió)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89
 msgid ""
 "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it "
-"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click "
+"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click "
-":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity."
+":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will "
+"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly "
+"indented position beneath its parent activity."
 msgstr ""
-"Una vez que seleccione un activador, el usuario puede configurar la "
-"actividad hija (tiene las mismas opciones de configuración que una actividad"
-" normal) y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`` para terminar la "
-"creación de la actividad hija."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8
 msgid "SMS Marketing"

locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -9,20 +9,20 @@
 # Jesse Garza <jga@odoo.com>, 2022
 # Alejandro Kutulas <alk@odoo.com>, 2022
 # Lucia Pacheco, 2022
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
-# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023
 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023
 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023
+# Braulio D. López Vázquez <bdl@odoo.com>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1344,153 +1344,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Información general"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr "Foros y eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Foro"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ir más allá de los correos electrónicos, chat en vivo, formularios en "
-"línea y teléfonos de asistencia ofréscale a sus clientes un foro de "
-"asistencia. De esta amanera, los clientes se sentirán más apegados a su "
-"empresa ya que invertirán tiempo en los detalles de su empresa. También "
-"puede potenciar el intercambio de experiencias y conocimiento, así mejorará "
-"el sentimiento de pertenencia a la comunidad (¡su comunidad!)."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "Configuración"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipo "
-"de servicio de asistencia` y active el *Centro de asistencia*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-"Haga clic en el vínculo externo para crear o editar un foro. De entre las "
-"opciones de edición, elija si quiere que el *Modo de foro* sea *preguntas*: "
-"solo se permite una respuesta por pregunta; o, *discusiones*: se permiten "
-"varias respuestas por pregunta."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-"A partir de ahora, los usuarios que hayan iniciado sesión pueden iniciar "
-"discusiones. Para controlar las publicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`Sitio "
-"web --> Foro --> Publicaciones`."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-"Convierta tickets en publicaciones en el foro, solo haga clic en *compartir "
-"en el foro* en la página del ticket."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-"Además de su foro, ofrezca cursos en línea. Al hacerlo, podrá vincular "
-"contenido útil que ayude con las preguntas y necesidades de sus clientes y "
-"usuarios. De esta forma, ayudará a mejorar la eficacia ya que también podrán"
-" encontrar las repuestas aquí."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-"Vaya a :menuselection:`Servicio de asistencia --> Configuración --> Equipos "
-"del servicio de asistencia` y active el *eLearning*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-"Una vez que la estructura y el contenido de su curso esté listo, haga clic "
-"en *sin publicar* para *publicarlo*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-"Para llevar un registro de las estadísticas de su curso vaya a a *eLearning*"
-" y *ver curso*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Por hacer"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-"LOS DETALLES O INFORMACIÓN DEBERÍAN PROVENIR DESDE DOCUMENTOS DE ELEARNING. "
-"POR LO TANTO, VINCULE DOCUMENTOS UNA VEZ QUE ESTÉN DISPONIBLES."
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1800,6 +1653,804 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plegar manualmente una etapa en la vista de kanban no cerrará los tickets de"
 " dicha etapa."
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Centro de ayuda"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Información"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "Foro de la comunidad "
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Haciendo una pregunta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Pregunta votada en positivo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Pregunta votada en negativo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Respuesta votada a favor"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Respuesta votada en contra"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Aceptando una respuesta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Respuesta aceptada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Respuesta marcada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Hacer preguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Responder preguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Voto positivo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Voto negativo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Editar posts propios"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Editar todos los posts"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Cerrar mis posts"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Cerrar todos los mensajes"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Eliminar posts propios"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Eliminar todos los mensajes"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "Enlaces \"Nofollow\""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Aceptar una respuesta en todas las preguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Desvincular sus propios comentarios"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Desvincular todos los comentarios"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Hacer preguntas sin validación"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Marcar un post como ofensivo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Moderar posts"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Cambiar las etiquetas de la pregunta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Crear nuevas etiquetas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "eLearning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -418,8 +418,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
-msgstr "dans ``/etc/odoo.conf`` définissez :"
+msgstr ""
+"dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration <reference/cmdline/config_file>` "
+"définissez :"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -810,8 +812,9 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3 Go de RAM pour Odoo"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
-msgstr "dans ``/etc/odoo.conf`` :"
+msgstr ""
+"dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration <reference/cmdline/config_file>` :"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
 msgid "HTTPS"
@@ -4327,8 +4330,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise"
+msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise"
-msgstr "Mettre à niveau Community vers Enterprise"
+msgstr "Basculer de Community à Enterprise"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -12521,71 +12524,171 @@ msgstr ""
 " de toujours effectuer une mise à niveau de test avant de mettre à niveau "
 "votre instance de production."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5
-msgid "Requesting a test upgrade"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Demander un test de mise à niveau"
+"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website."
+" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in."
+msgstr ""
+"Les bases de données Odoo peuvent être mises à niveau manuellement "
+"directement à partir du site web principal d'Odoo. Pour mettre à niveau une "
+"base de données Odoo, allez à la page du `gestionnaire de la base de données"
+" <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ et connectez-vous."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8
-msgid "Go to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-msgstr ""
-"Accédez à votre `gestionnaire de bases de données "
-"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9
-msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*."
-msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur l'icône de votre profil et sélectionnez *Mes bases de données*."
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
-msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile"
-msgstr "Sélectionner Mes bases de données dans votre profil"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to "
+"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with"
-"the test upgrade."
+" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent "
+"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database "
+"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded."
 msgstr ""
-"Cliquez sur la flèche vers le haut à côté du nom de votre base de données "
+"La page du gestionnaire des bases de données affiche toutes les bases de "
-"principale pour procéder au test de mise à niveau."
+"données Odoo associées au compte de l'utilisateur. Toutes les bases de "
+"données qui ne sont pas encore sur la version la plus récente d'Odoo "
+"affichent une icône de **flèche dans un cercle** à côté du nom de la base de"
+" données, indiquant qu'elle peut être mise à niveau."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid "Selecting the action settings icon"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Sélectionner l'icône des paramètres d'action"
+"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a "
+"database."
+msgstr ""
+"La page du gestionnaire des bases de données avec un bouton de mise à niveau"
+" à côté du nom d'une base de données."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17
+msgid "Test database"
+msgstr "Base de données de test"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then "
+"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the"
-":guilabel:`Test` as purpose."
+" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that "
+"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, "
+"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the "
+"database upgrade."
 msgstr ""
-"Dans le message contextuel qui s'affiche, sélectionnez la version cible et "
+"Cliquez sur l'icône de **flèche dans un cercle** pour lancer le processus de"
-"ensuite la finalité :guilabel:`Test`."
+" mise à niveau. Dans la fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Mettre à niveau "
+"votre base de données`, sélectionnez la version d'Odoo vers laquelle la "
+"plateforme sera mise à niveau. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Email à notifier`, "
+"saisissez une adresse email qui recevra des notifications par email sur la "
+"mise à niveau de la base de données."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your "
+"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to "
-"upgraded database at least once."
+"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, "
+"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to "
+"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual "
+"database."
 msgstr ""
-"La finalité :guilabel:`Production` ne s'affiche pas si vous n'avez pas testé"
+"La fenêtre contextuelle contient également une section :guilabel:`Finalité` "
-" votre base de données mise à niveau au moins une fois."
+"qui permet de préciser la raison de la mise à niveau. Cependant, à ce stade "
+"du processus, la seule option sélectionnable est :guilabel:`Test`, car Odoo "
+"demande aux utilisateurs de créer une copie de test de la base de données "
+"mise à niveau avant de convertir la base de données réelle."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid ""
+msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up."
-"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then "
+msgstr "La fenêtre contextuelle \"Mettre à niveau votre base de données\"."
-"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide "
-"information if the upgrade failed."
-msgstr ""
-"Cela déclenche le processus de mise à niveau automatique. Un email de "
-"confirmation vous est alors envoyé avec le lien vers la base de données mise"
-" à niveau ou pour vous fournir des informations si la mise à niveau a "
-"échoué."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* "
+"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up"
-"page."
+" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade "
+"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is "
+"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez également voir et accéder à votre base de données de test à "
+"Après avoir complété le formulaire, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Mettre "
-"partir de votre page *Mes bases de données*."
+"à niveau`. La fenêtre contextuelle disparaît et la base de données en cours "
+"de mise à niveau affiche une étiquette rouge :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en "
+"cours` à côté de son nom. Un email confirmant que la mise à niveau est en "
+"cours est également envoyé à l'adresse email indiquée dans la fenêtre "
+"contextuelle."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name."
+msgstr ""
+"L'étiquette \"Mise à niveau en cours\" à côté du nom de la base de données."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test "
+"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main "
+"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, "
+"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test "
+"version's row to go to the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Une fois que la mise à niveau est terminée, une nouvelle base de données de "
+"test apparaît sur la page du `gestionnaire des bases de données "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_. Pour accéder à la base de données de "
+"test, cliquez sur la flèche du menu déroulant (:guilabel:`⯆`) située à "
+"gauche du nom de la base de données principale. La version de test apparaît "
+"alors en dessous. Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton vert :guilabel:`Connecter` à "
+"droite de la ligne de la version de test pour accéder à la base de données."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "A test database on the database manager page."
+msgstr ""
+"Une base de données de test sur la page du gestionnaire des bases de "
+"données."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact"
+" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in "
+"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any "
+"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected."
+msgstr ""
+"À l'exception du fait qu'elle est sur une version plus récente d'Odoo, la "
+"base de données de test est une copie exacte de celle en cours de mise à "
+"niveau. Il est important d'effectuer des tests approfondis dans cette base "
+"de données pour s'assurer que la mise à niveau n'a pas altéré ou corrompu de"
+" données et que tous les flux de travail se déroulent toujours comme prévu."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57
+msgid "Production database"
+msgstr "Base de données de production"
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the"
+" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The "
+":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that "
+"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir confirmé l'intégrité de la nouvelle version, retournez à la page"
+" du `gestionnaire des bases de données "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_. De nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône "
+"**flèche dans un cercle** à côté de la base de données en cours de mise à "
+"nouveau. La fenêtre contextuelle :guilabel:`Mettre à niveau votre base de "
+"données` apparaît comme précédemment, sauf qu'il y a maintenant une option "
+":guilabel:`Production` dans la section :guilabel:`Finalité`."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` "
+"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the"
+" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"appears next to the name of the database."
+msgstr ""
+"Sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Production` et puis cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Mettre à niveau` pour lancer le processus de mise à niveau. Comme"
+" précédemment, un email de notification est envoyé à l'adresse email fournie"
+" et une étiquette rouge :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en cours` s'affiche à côté "
+"du nom de la base de données."
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Après la mise à niveau, l'étiquette :guilabel:`Mise à niveau en cours` "
+"disparaît et la base de données est mise à niveau vers la version précisée."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10
 msgid ""

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -5056,12 +5056,12 @@ msgstr "Regrouper des enregistrements sur le rapport de vente des analyses"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95
 msgid ""
-"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present "
+"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on "
-"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom "
+"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, "
-"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
+"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
 msgstr ""
-"Vous pouvez aussi **personnaliser les groupes** en utilisant une large "
+"Vous pouvez **personnaliser les groupes** en utilisant une large sélection "
-"sélection de champs présents sur le modèle. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur "
+"de champs présents sur le modèle. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur "
 ":menuselection:`Regrouper par --> Ajouter un groupe personnalisé`, "
 "sélectionnez un champ et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Appliquer`."
 

locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n"
@@ -163,3 +163,752 @@ msgstr ""
 "<https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. "
 "Si le lecteur de codes-barres est connecté directement à un ordinateur, il "
 "doit être configuré pour utiliser la disposition du clavier de l'ordinateur."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Employés"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+"Odoo *Employés* organise les enregistrements, les contrats et les "
+"départements des employés d'une entreprise."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel employé"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+"Lorsqu'un nouvel employé est engagé, le première étape consiste à créer une "
+"nouvelle fiche employé. Commencez dans la vue par défaut de l'application "
+":menuselection:`Employés`, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Créer` pour "
+"accéder à une nouvelle fiche employé. Remplissez les informations "
+"obligatoires (soulignées en gras) et tous les détails supplémentaires, puis "
+"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr "Créez une nouvelle fiche employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+"Le numéro de téléphone et le nom de l'entreprise actuelle sont indiqués dans"
+" les champs :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et :guilabel:`Société`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr "Informations générales"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr "Champs obligatoires"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Société` : Sélectionnez la société dans le menu déroulant qui a "
+"engagé le nouvel employé ou créez une nouvelle société en saisissant le nom "
+"dans le champ."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Heures de travail` : Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations "
+"professionnelles`, sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` souhaitées"
+" dans le menu déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Les heures de travail se trouvent dans l'onglet Informations "
+"professionnelles."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+"Les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` sont liées à l'horaire de la société et "
+"les heures de travail d'un employé ne peuvent pas être situées en dehors de "
+"l'horaire de l'entreprise."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+"Chaque horaire individuel est propre à l'entreprise, de sorte que pour les "
+"bases de données multi-sociétés, chaque entreprise doit avoir son propre "
+"horaire."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+"Si les heures de travail d'un employé ne sont pas configurées en tant "
+"qu'heures de travail de l'entreprise, il est possible d'ajouter de nouvelles"
+" heures de travail ou de modifier des heures de travail existantes. Pour "
+"ajouter ou modifier un horaire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paie "
+"--> Configuration --> Temps de travail`, ajoutez un nouveau temps de travail"
+" ou éditez-en un existant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir créé le nouveau temps de travail, définissez les heures de "
+"travail de l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr "Champs optionnels"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Photo` : Dans la zone d'image en haut à droite de la fiche "
+"employé, cliquez sur l'icône d'édition :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour "
+"sélectionner une photo à charger."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : Saisissez l'intitulé de la fonction de "
+"l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+"Étiquettes : Cliquez sur une étiquette dans le menu déroulant pour ajouter "
+"toute étiquette applicable à l'employé. Il est possible de créer n'importe "
+"quelle étiquette dans ce champ en la saisissant. Une fois créée, la nouvelle"
+" étiquette est disponible pour toutes les fiches employés. Il n'y a pas de "
+"limite au nombre d'étiquettes pouvant être ajoutées."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+"Coordonnées professionnelles : Saisissez le :guilabel:`Téléphone portable "
+"professionnel`, le :guilabel:`Téléphone professionnel` et "
+"l':guilabel:`Adresse email professionnelle` de l'employé et/ou le nom de la "
+":guilabel:`Société`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Département` : Sélectionnez le département de l'employé dans le "
+"menu déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Manager` : Sélectionnez le manager de l'employé dans le menu "
+"déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Mentor` : Sélectionnez le mentor de l'employé dans le menu "
+"déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+"Après avoir sélectionné un :guilabel:`Manager`, si le champ "
+":guilabel:`Mentor` est laissé vide, le manager sélectionné est "
+"automatiquement complété dans le champ :guilabel:`Mentor`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour apporter des modifications aux champs :guilabel:`Département`, "
+":guilabel:`Manager`, :guilabel:`Mentor`, ou :guilabel:`Société` "
+"sélectionnés, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté de la "
+"sélection respective. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire"
+" sélectionné, ce qui permet d'y apporter des modifications. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Enregistrer` une fois les modifications enregistrées."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr "Onglet des informations supplémentaires"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr "Onglet CV"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "CV"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+"L'onglet :guilabel:`CV` permet ensuite de saisir l'historique de l'employé. "
+"Chaque expérience antérieure doit être saisie individuellement. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` et le formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des "
+"lignes de cv` s'affiche. Saisissez les informations suivantes, puis cliquez "
+"sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule "
+"entrée à ajouter ou cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` "
+"pour enregistrer l'entrée actuelle et créer une autre ligne."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez les informations relatives à l'expérience professionnelle antérieure"
+" dans ce formulaire."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Nom` : Saisissez le nom de l'expérience professionnelle "
+"précédente."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Type` : Dans le menu déroulant, sélectionnez "
+":guilabel:`Expérience`, :guilabel:`Éducation`, :guilabel:`Certification "
+"interne`, :guilabel:`Formation interne`, ou saisissez une nouvelle entrée."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Type d'affichage` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Classique`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, ou :guilabel:`Cours` dans le menu déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Date de début` et :guilabel:`Date de fin` : Saisissez les dates "
+"de début et de fin de l'expérience professionnelle. Pour sélectionner une "
+"date, utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< (gauche)` et :guilabel:`> "
+"(droite)` pour aller au mois souhaité, puis cliquez sur le jour pour "
+"sélectionner la date."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Description` : Saisissez tous les détails pertinents dans le "
+"champ."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Compétences"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+"Les compétences d'un employé peuvent être saisies dans l'onglet "
+":guilabel:`CV` de la même manière qu'une ligne de cv est créée. Cliquez sur "
+"le bouton :guilabel:`Créer une nouvelle entrée` sous :guilabel:`Compétences`"
+" et un formulaire :guilabel:`Créer des compétences` s'affiche. Remplissez "
+"les informations, puis cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer & "
+"Fermer` s'il n'y a qu'une seule entrée à ajouter ou cliquez sur le bouton "
+":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Nouveau` pour enregistrer l'entrée actuelle et "
+"immédiatement créer une nouvelle entrée."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr "Créez une nouvelle compétence pour l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Type de compétence` : Sélectionnez dans le menu déroulant "
+":guilabel:`Langues`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Musique`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, ou saisissez un nouveau type de compétences. Après "
+"avoir saisi le nouveau type de compétence, vous avez la possibilité de "
+":guilabel:`Créer` la compétence ou de :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier` la "
+"compétence. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer et Modifier` et une fenêtre "
+"contextuelle pour le type de compétence spécifique s'affiche. Il est "
+"également possible d'y accéder en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Lien "
+"externe` à côté de la nouvelle compétence. Ce formulaire vous permet de "
+"créer des compétences et des niveaux spécifiques. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` et saisissez les informations relatives à la "
+"nouvelle compétence, puis répétez pour toutes les autres compétences "
+"ajoutées. Répétez ce processus pour la section :guilabel:`Niveaux`. Cliquez "
+"sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter chaque niveau et progression."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr "Ajoutez une nouvelle compétence et des niveaux."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour ajouter une compétence de mathématiques, saisissez `Math` dans le champ"
+" :guilabel:`Nom`. Dans le champ :guilabel:`Compétences`, saisissez "
+"`Algèbre`, `Calcul` et `Trigonométrie`. Et, dans le champ "
+":guilabel:`Niveaux`, saisissez `débutant`, `intermédiaire` et `expert`. "
+"Puis, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` ou :guilabel:`Enregistrer"
+" & Nouveau`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Compétence` : Les compétences associées au :guilabel:`Type de "
+"compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un menu déroulant. Par exemple, si"
+" vous sélectionnez :guilabel:`Langue` en tant que :guilabel:`Type de "
+"compétence`, vous avez le choix entre plusieurs langues dans le champ "
+":guilabel:`Compétences`. Sélectionnez la compétence prédéfinie appropriée ou"
+" saisissez-en une nouvelle."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` : Les niveaux de compétence prédéfinis "
+"associés au :guilabel:`Type de compétence` sélectionné apparaissent dans un "
+"menu déroulant. Sélectionnez un nouveau ou créez un nouveau niveau de "
+"compétence en le saisissant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Progression` : La progression est automatiquement basée sur le "
+":guilabel:`Niveau de compétence` sélectionné. Il est possible de modifier "
+"les niveaux de compétence et la progression dans le formulaire de "
+":guilabel:`Type de compétence`, qui est accessible via le bouton "
+":guilabel:`Lien externe` à côté du champ :guilabel:`Type de compétence`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+"Pour supprimer une ligne de l'onglet :guilabel:`CV`, cliquez sur l'icône de "
+"suppression :guilabel:`🗑️ (corbeille)` pour supprimer l'entrée. Ajoutez une "
+"nouvelle ligne en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`AJOUTER` à côté de la "
+"section correspondante."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr "Onglet des informations professionnelles"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Lieu` : Sélectionnez l':guilabel:`Adresse professionnelle` dans "
+"le menu déroulant. Le bouton :guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre le formulaire de"
+" la société sélectionnée dans une autre fenêtre et permet les modifications."
+" Le :guilabel:`Lieu de travail` est l'endroit où les détails spécifiques "
+"doivent être notés, tels que l'étage ou le bâtiment."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Validateurs` : À l'aide des menus déroulants, sélectionnez les "
+"employés chargés de valider les :guilabel:`Congés`, les :guilabel:`Notes de "
+"frais` et les :guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` de l'employé. Le bouton "
+":guilabel:`Lien externe` ouvre un formulaire contenant les champs "
+":guilabel:`Nom`, :guilabel:`Adresse email`, :guilabel:`Société`, "
+":guilabel:`Téléphone` et :guilabel:`Téléphone portable` du validateur. Il "
+"est possible de les modifier le cas échéant. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Enregistrer` après avoir effectué les modifications."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Horaire` : Sélectionnez les :guilabel:`Heures de travail` "
+"(obligatoire) et le :guilabel:`Fuseau horaire` de l'employé. Le bouton "
+":guilabel:`Lien externe` permet d'afficher une vue détaillée des heures de "
+"travail quotidiennes spécifiques. Il est possible de créer, modifier ou "
+"supprimer des heures de travail. Les congés généraux (tels que les vacances)"
+" peuvent être saisis dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Congés généraux`. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Ajouter une ligne` pour ajouter un nouveau congé global."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Planification` : Cliquez sur le rôle de planification dans le "
+"menu déroulant des champs :guilabel:`Rôle de planification par défaut` et "
+":guilabel:`Rôles de planification` pour ajouter un rôle. Il n'y a pas de "
+"limite au nombre de :guilabel:`Rôles de planification` pouvant être "
+"sélectionnés pour un employé, mais il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul "
+":guilabel:`Rôle de planification par défaut`. Le rôle par défaut est le rôle"
+" *typique* de l'employé, tandis que les :guilabel:`Rôles de planification` "
+"sont *tous* les rôles spécifiques que l'employé est en mesure d'assumer."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez les informations professionnelles dans l'onglet Informations "
+"professionnelles"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr "Onglet des informations privées"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+"Aucune information n'est obligatoire dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations "
+"privées`. Toutefois, certaines informations dans cette section peuvent être "
+"essentielles pour le département de paie de l'entreprise. Afin de traiter "
+"correctement les fiches de paie et s'assurer que toutes les déductions sont "
+"prises en compte, il est important de saisir les informations "
+"professionnelles de l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+"Ici vous pouvez saisir les informations relatives au :guilabel:`Coordonnées "
+"privées`, à l':guilabel:`État civil`, au :guilabel:`Contact d'urgence`, à "
+"l':guilabel:`Éducation`, à la :guilabel:`Citoyenneté`, aux "
+":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` et au :guilabel:`Permis de travail` de "
+"l'employé. Les champs sont complétés à l'aide d'un menu déroulant, en "
+"cochant une case ou en saisissant les informations."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` : Saisissez l':guilabel:`Adresse` de "
+"l'employé. La sélection peut être faite à l'aide du menu déroulant. Si les "
+"informations ne sont pas disponibles, saisissez le nom de la nouvelle "
+"adresse. Pour modifier la nouvelle adresse, cliquez sur le bouton "
+":guilabel:`Lien externe` pour ouvrir le formulaire d'adresse. Sur le "
+"formulaire d'adresse, saisissez les détails nécessaires, puis cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Certaines autres informations de la section "
+":guilabel:`Coordonnées privées` peuvent s'afficher automatiquement si "
+"l'adresse est déjà répertoriée dans le menu déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`État civil` : Sélectionnez :guilabel:`Célibataire`, "
+":guilabel:`Marié(e)`, :guilabel:`Cohabitant légal`, :guilabel:`Veuf(ve)` ou "
+":guilabel:`Divorcé(e)` dans le menu déroulant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Contact d'urgence` : Saisissez le nom et le numéro de téléphone "
+"du contact d'urgence de l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Éducation` : Sélectionnez le niveau d'études le plus élevé "
+"atteint par l'employé dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Niveau du "
+"certificat`. Les options incluent :guilabel:`Graduat`, "
+":guilabel:`Bachelier`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Docteur` ou "
+":guilabel:`Autre`. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Champ d'étude` et le nom de "
+"l':guilabel:`Établissement scolaire` dans les champs respectifs."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Citoyenneté` : Cette section contient toutes les informations "
+"relatives à la citoyenneté de l'employé. Certaines sections utilisent un "
+"menu déroulant, telles que les sections :guilabel:`Nationalité (Pays)`, "
+":guilabel:`Genre` et :guilabel:`Pays de naissance`. La section "
+":guilabel:`Date de naissance` utilise un module calendrier pour pouvoir "
+"sélectionner la date. Cliquez d'abord sur le nom du mois, ensuite l'année "
+"pour accéder aux plages d'années. Utilisez les icônes fléchées :guilabel:`< "
+"(gauche)` et :guilabel:`> (droite)`, allez à la plage d'années appropriée et"
+" cliquez sur l'année. Cliquez ensuite sur le mois et cliquez enfin sur la "
+"date pour sélectionner la date. Saisissez les informations dans les champs "
+":guilabel:`N° d'identification`, :guilabel:`N° de passeport`, et "
+":guilabel:`Lieu de naissance`. Si l'employé est :guilabel:`handicapté` ou un"
+" :guilabel:`Non-résident`, cochez la case à côté des champs respectifs."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Personnes à charge` : Si l'employé a des personnes à charge, ces "
+"informations sont saisies ici. Saisissez le nombre d'enfants de l'employé et"
+" cochez les cases à côté d':guilabel:`Enfants handicapés` et/ou "
+":guilabel:`Autres personnes à charge` le cas échéant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Permis de travail` : Si l'employé a un permis de travail, "
+"saisissez les informations dans cette section. Saisissez le :guilabel:`N° de"
+" visa` et/ou :guilabel:`N° de permis de travail` dans les champs appropriés."
+" En utilisant le module calendrier, sélectionnez la :guilabel:`Date "
+"d'expiration du visa` pour saisir la date d'expiration."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr "Ajoutez les informations privées dans l'onglet Informations privées."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr "Onglet des paramètres RH"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+"Cet onglet propose plusieurs champs pour différentes informations, en "
+"fonction du pays où l'entreprise se situe. Différents champs sont configurés"
+" en fonction de la localisation, mais certaines sections apparaissent de "
+"toute manière."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Statut` : Le cas échéant, sélectionnez un :guilabel:`Utilisateur "
+"lié`, un :guilabel:`Poste de travail`, et une :guilabel:`Langue` à l'aide "
+"des menus déroulants. Saisissez le :guilabel:`Numéro d'enregistrement de "
+"l'employé` et le :guilabel:`Code NIF du pays`, le cas échéant."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Flotte` : Si l'employé a accès à un véhicule de société, "
+"saisissez les informations relatives à la :guilabel:`Carte de mobilité` ici."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Feuilles de temps` : Saisissez le coût horaire de l'employé au "
+"format XX,XX $. Ce coût est pris en compte lorsque l'employé travaille dans "
+"un poste de travail. Cette valeur affecte le salaire de l'employé et peut "
+"également affecter les coûts de fabrication d'un produit, si la valeur du "
+"produit fabriqué n'est pas un montant fixe."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+":guilabel:`Présence` : Cette section ne peut apparaître que pour les "
+"entreprises belges. Le cas échéant, saisissez le numéro :guilabel:`NISS ou "
+"BIS`. Vous pouvez également saisir l':guilabel:`ID du badge` et le "
+":guilabel:`Code PIN` si l'employé en a besoin ou en possède un. Cliquez sur "
+":guilabel:`Générer` à côté de champ :guilabel:`ID du badge` pour créer un ID"
+" de badge."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+"Saisissez toutes les informations demandées dans l'onglet Paramètres RH pour"
+" l'employé."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr "Onglet des documents personnels"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+"L'onglet :guilabel:`Documents personnels` s'affiche uniquement pour certains"
+" pays. Si l'onglet n'est pas visible, c'est qu'il ne s'applique pas à la "
+"localisation de l'entreprise."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajoutez un fichier pour la :guilabel:`Copie de la carte d'identité`, le "
+":guilabel:`Permis de conduire`, la :guilabel:`Facture d'abonnement mobile`, "
+"la :guilabel:`Copie de la carte SIM` et la :guilabel:`Facture d'abonnement "
+"internet` de l'employé en cliquant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Charger votre "
+"fichier` à côté du champ correspondant. Les types de fichiers acceptés sont "
+":file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, et :file:`.pdf`."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""
+"Chargez des documents personnels de l'employé dans l'onglet Documents personnels, au format jpg, \n"
+"png, ou pdf."

locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,18 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # ExcaliberX <excaliberx@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2023
+# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: ExcaliberX <excaliberx@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +135,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "עובדים"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "הוסף עובד חדש"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "קורות חיים"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "מיומנויות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -6,18 +6,22 @@
 # Translators:
 # Yihya Hugirat <hugirat@gmail.com>, 2022
 # דודי מלכה <Dudimalka6@gmail.com>, 2022
-# Martin Trigaux, 2022
-# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Adi Sharashov <Adi@laylinetech.com>, 2023
+# Ha Ketem <haketem@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Netta Waizer, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# david danilov, 2023
+# ZVI BLONDER <ZVIBLONDER@gmail.com>, 2023
+# NoaFarkash, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Adi Sharashov <Adi@laylinetech.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: NoaFarkash, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1307,124 +1311,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "סקירה כללית"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "פורום"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "למידה אלקטרונית"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr " לביצוע"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1723,6 +1609,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "מרכז סיוע טלפוני"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "ידע"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "פורום קהילתי"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "לשאול שאלה"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "קבלת תשובה"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "התשובה התקבלה"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "תשובה מסומנת"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "שאל שאלות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "ענה על שאלות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "הצביע בעד"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "הצביע נגד"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "ערוך את הפוסטים שלך"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "ערוך את כל הפוסטים"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "סגור פוסטים משלך"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "סגור את כל הפוסטים"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "מחק פוסטים שלך"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "מחק את כל הפוסטים"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "קבל תשובה לכל השאלות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "בטל את הקישור בין כל התגובות שלך"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "בטל את הקישור בין כל התגובות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "שאל שאלות ללא אישור"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "סמן פוסט כפוגעני"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "שנה תגיות שאלות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "צור תגיות חדשות"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "למידה אלקטרונית"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n"
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ msgstr "Otentifikasi"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3
 msgid "Two-factor Authentication"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Autentikasi Dua-faktor"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103
 msgid "All Sales"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Semua Sales"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103
 msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`"
@@ -1977,6 +1977,61 @@ msgid ""
 " and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276
+msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278
+msgid ""
+"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring"
+" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases "
+"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall"
+" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System"
+" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283
+msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285
+msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286
+msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288
+msgid ""
+"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
+"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu "
+"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters,"
+" as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292
+msgid ""
+"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address"
+" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of "
+"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the "
+"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the "
+"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the "
+"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of "
+"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298
+msgid ""
+"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will"
+" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time"
+" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: "
+"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the "
+"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the "
+"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a "
+"duplicate email is detected."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3
 msgid "Email Templates"
 msgstr "Contoh Email"
@@ -3653,9 +3708,9 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95
 msgid ""
-"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present "
+"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on "
-"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom "
+"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, "
-"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
+"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99
@@ -3939,32 +3994,31 @@ msgstr ""
 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":doc:`Chart of Accounts "
-"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`"
+"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88
+msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89
-msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`"
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90
-msgid ""
+msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`"
-":doc:`Fiscal Positions "
-"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91
-msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92
 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92
 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:95
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94
 msgid ""
 "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With"
 " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like"
@@ -3978,13 +4032,13 @@ msgid ""
 " Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:103
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102
 msgid ""
 "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company "
 "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105
 msgid ""
 "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, "
 "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store "
@@ -3995,7 +4049,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:113
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112
 msgid ""
 "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales "
 "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is "
@@ -4003,7 +4057,7 @@ msgid ""
 "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:117
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116
 msgid ""
 "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store "
 "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and "
@@ -4015,23 +4069,23 @@ msgid ""
 "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:126
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125
 msgid ""
 "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between "
 "the companies."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:129
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128
 msgid ""
 "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131
 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133
+#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132
-msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`"
+msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3

locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -4,17 +4,18 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Wahyu Setiawan <wahyusetiaaa@gmail.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Bayu Indra Kusuma, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Wahyu Setiawan <wahyusetiaaa@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -133,3 +134,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Karyawan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Tambah karyawan baru"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Kemampuan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
+# Wahyu Setiawan <wahyusetiaaa@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Abe Manyo, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
@@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n"
@@ -1304,124 +1305,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Overview"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Forum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Todo"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1720,6 +1603,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Pusat bantuan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Pengetahuan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Mengajukan pertanyaan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Pertanyaan di-upvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Pertanyaan di-downvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Jawaban di-upvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Jawaban di-downvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Menerima jawaban"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Jawaban yang Diterima"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Jawaban yang diberikan tanda"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Tanyakan pertanyaan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Jawab pertanyaan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Upvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Downvote"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Edit post sendiri"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Edit semua post"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Tutup post sendiri"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Menutup semua post"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Hapus post sendiri"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Hapus semua post"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "Link nofollow"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Terima jawaban untuk semua pertanyaan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Hapus link untuk komentar diri sendiri"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Hapus semua link untuk komentar"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Tanyakan pertanyaan tanpa validasi"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Berikan tanda bahwa post bersifat ofensif"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Moderasi post"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Ganti tag pertanyaan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Buat tag-tag baru"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "eLearning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,18 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Andy Yiu, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Norimichi Sugimoto <norimichi.sugimoto@tls-ltd.co.jp>, 2023
+# Tim Siu Lai <tl@roomsfor.hk>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Andy Yiu, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Tim Siu Lai <tl@roomsfor.hk>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +135,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "従業員"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "新しい従業員を追加"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "履歴"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "スキル"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -7,15 +7,16 @@
 # Noma Yuki, 2023
 # Andy Yiu, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Junko Augias, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -877,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128
 msgid "Lead Generation Rules"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "リード生成ルール"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130
 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events."
@@ -1203,137 +1204,137 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when "
+"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when "
-"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` "
+"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps"
-"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, "
+" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can "
-"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right "
+"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at "
-"customers at the right time."
+"the right time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11
-msgid "Work with target filters"
+msgid "Configure target filters"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options"
+"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some "
-" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter "
+"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The "
-"has more refined parameters within it."
+":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more "
+"refined parameters within it that can be customized."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds "
 "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new "
 "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, "
-"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements."
+"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` "
-msgstr ""
+"statements."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24
-msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
+msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules"
-" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)."
+" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules "
-"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)."
+"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon "
-"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`."
+"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add "
+"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add "
-"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a "
+"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node"
-":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`."
+" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45
 msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a "
+"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a "
 "marketing campaign might commonly use."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51
-msgid ""
+msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it."
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for "
+":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, "
-" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
+"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of "
-" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From "
+"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter "
-"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
+"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= "
+"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
+"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
 ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of "
-":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as "
+":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the "
-"the equation is customized."
+"equation is customized."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103
 msgid ""
-"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to"
+"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` "
-" the right of the equation."
+"icon to the right of the equation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node "
-"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
+"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
 "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
 "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
 "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= "
+"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the "
-"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, "
+"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only "
-"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the "
+"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline."
-"pipeline."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
@@ -1341,21 +1342,21 @@ msgid ""
 "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a "
+"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific "
-"specific ticket"
+"ticket"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or "
-"it."
+"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
 " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
@@ -1363,42 +1364,52 @@ msgid ""
 "this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98
 msgid ""
-"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of "
+"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of "
-"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select "
+"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down "
-":guilabel:`contains`."
+"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the "
-"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign "
+"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter."
-"filter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus "
+"sign)` icon to the right of the equation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who "
-"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the "
+"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned "
-"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
+"in the first filter equation."
-"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
-"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that "
-"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110
 msgid ""
-"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second "
+"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the "
+"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event "
+"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, "
+"select :guilabel:`Name`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second "
 "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, "
-"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used"
+"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for "
-" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event"
+"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event "
-" ticket type for this sample filter."
+"ticket type for this sample filter."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
@@ -1406,7 +1417,7 @@ msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3
-msgid "Testing and running a campaign"
+msgid "Testing/running campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5
@@ -1417,58 +1428,83 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a "
+"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and "
-"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or"
+"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form."
-" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this "
+msgstr ""
-"documentation <workflow_activities>`). To start a test, click the "
+
-":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form."
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities "
+"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on "
+":doc:`this documentation "
+"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of "
+"the campaign form."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a "
-"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking"
-" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and"
-" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will "
+"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the "
-"redirect to the campaign test page."
+"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the "
+"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` "
+"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the "
+":guilabel:`Create` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and "
+":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information "
+"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the "
+":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the "
+":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the "
+"campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with"
+"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested "
-" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first "
+"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in "
-"activity (or activities) in the workflow."
+"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the "
+"workflow that's being tested."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in"
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a "
-" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the "
+":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow."
-"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity."
+" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and "
+"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be "
+"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move "
-"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the "
+"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow "
-"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
+"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-"
+"left corner of the campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3
@@ -1477,44 +1513,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users "
+"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan "
-"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get "
+"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns."
-"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add"
-" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can "
-"be set for that specific activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template "
+"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign "
-"will appear with the following customizable fields:"
+"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a "
+":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank "
+"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-"
+"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
 msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal "
+":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal"
-"Odoo operation), or SMS."
+" Odoo operation), or `SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a"
 " new one on-the-fly)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24
 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific "
 "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a "
@@ -1523,127 +1565,144 @@ msgid ""
 "cease after the initial date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all "
-"subsequent Child Activities)."
+"subsequent child activities)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it "
 "satisfies the specified domain (filter)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & "
-"Close` to finish creating the activity."
+"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign "
-msgstr ""
+"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create "
-
+"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or "
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
+":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing "
-msgid "Workflow activity"
+"automation campaign form."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where "
-"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger "
-"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow "
-"Activity` card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
+msgid "Workflow activity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of "
+"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears"
-"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and "
+" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is "
-":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference"
+"displayed as a line graph."
-" (in green and red, respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to "
+"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of "
+":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to "
+"the right of the graph."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to "
-":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the "
+":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity "
-":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been "
+"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what "
-":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been "
+"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, "
-":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
+"or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62
 msgid "Child activities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child "
+"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking "
-"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the "
+":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block"
-"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*."
+" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child "
+"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)"
-"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the"
+" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*."
-" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over "
-":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - "
+"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent "
+"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child"
+" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) "
 "recipient opens the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient"
 " does not open the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "replies to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not reply to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "clicks on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is "
 "bounced (not sent)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89
 msgid ""
 "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it "
-"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click "
+"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click "
-":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity."
+":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will "
+"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly "
+"indented position beneath its parent activity."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8

locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Andy Yiu, 2023
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1305,124 +1305,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "概要"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "フォーラム"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "Eラーニング"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Todo"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1721,6 +1603,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "ヘルプセンター"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "ナレッジ"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "コミュニティフォーラム"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "質問する"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "上げ投票済質問"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "下げ投票済質問"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "回答に同意"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "回答に非同意"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "回答を受け入れる"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "回答が受け入れられました"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "回答フラグ済み"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "質問をする"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "質問に答える"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "上げ投票"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "下げ投票"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "自分の投稿を編集"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "どの投稿でも編集"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "自分の投稿をクローズ"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "どの投稿でもクローズ"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "自分の投稿を削除"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "どの投稿でも削除"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "nofollowリンク"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "どの質問への回答も受入可"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "自分のコメントを削除"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "どのコメントでも削除"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "検証なしで質問する"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "投稿を攻撃的とフラグ"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "投稿をモデレート"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "質問タグを変更"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "タグを新規作成"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "Eラーニング"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-30 12:32+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n"
@@ -4341,12 +4341,10 @@ msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드 그룹 만들기"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95
 msgid ""
-"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present "
+"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on "
-"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom "
+"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, "
-"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
+"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
 msgstr ""
-"모델에 있는 다양한 필드를 사용하여 **사용자 지정 그룹**을 만들 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`그룹 --> 사용자 지정 "
-"그룹 추가`를 클릭하여 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하십시오."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99
 msgid ""

locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -4,17 +4,18 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Sarah Park, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -138,3 +139,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "임직원 관리"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "새 직원 추가"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "경력 사항"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "업무 능력"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n"
@@ -1285,189 +1285,159 @@ msgstr "잠재 고객 타겟팅"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when "
+"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when "
-"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` "
+"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps"
-"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, "
+" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can "
-"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right "
+"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at "
-"customers at the right time."
+"the right time."
 msgstr ""
-"비즈니스를 더 확장시키고자 위해서는 대상 고객을 *정확하게* 정하여 홍보 마케팅 캠페인을 펼치는 것이 무엇보다도 중요합니다. "
-":guilabel:`Odoo 마케팅 자동화` 애플리케이션은 마케팅 담당자가 필요에 따라 간단한 기능 또는 복잡한 내용이 있는 필터링 툴을"
-" 통해서 적절한 고객에게 적절한 타이밍에 다가갈  수 있도록 도와줍니다. "
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11
-msgid "Work with target filters"
+msgid "Configure target filters"
-msgstr "대상 필터 작업"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options"
+"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some "
-" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter "
+"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The "
-"has more refined parameters within it."
+":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more "
+"refined parameters within it that can be customized."
 msgstr ""
-"마케팅 캠페인에서 필터를 설정할 때 옆에 화살표가 표시되어 있는 몇 가지 옵션을 확인할 수 있습니다. 화살표 표시가 있으면 해당 옵션에 "
-"세부 선택 사항이 더 있다는 것을 나타냅니다."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds "
 "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new "
 "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, "
-"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements."
+"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` "
+"statements."
 msgstr ""
-"*브랜치* 와 *노드*를 추가하여 필터를 확장할 수도 있습니다. *노드*를 추가하면 대상 조건 그룹에 필터링을 위한 다른 변수를 추가하고"
-" (예: 새로운 항목), *브랜치*는 변수 모음의 범위를 좀 더 좁게 만들어서 *ANY* 또는 *ALL* 필터로 그룹을 만들 수 있게 "
-"됩니다. "
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
 msgstr "브랜치를 새로 생성하는 경우 다음의 두 가지 옵션을 선택합니다:"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules"
-" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)."
+" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"해당 레코드가 이후의 규칙에 대해서 :guilabel:`ALL` 기준과 일치할 수 있습니다 (전체 기준이 일치해야만 하는 AND 구문)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules "
-"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)."
+"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"또는 해당 레코드가 이후의 규칙에 대해서 :guilabel:`ANY` 기준과 일치할 수 있습니다 (일부 기준만 일치하면 되는 OR "
-"구문)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon "
-"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`."
+"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`."
 msgstr ""
-"이 두 가지 옵션 중에 변경하려면, 초록색 박스 안에 있는 드롭다운 화살표 아이콘을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`Any`나 "
-":guilabel:`All`을 클릭하기만 하면 됩니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add "
+"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add "
-"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a "
+"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node"
-":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`."
+" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it."
 msgstr ""
-"노드를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 아이콘)`을 클릭하면 되며, 브랜치를 추가하려면 :guilabel:`... (줄임표 "
-"아이콘)`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`node` (:guilabel:`branch`)를 삭제하려면, click on "
-":guilabel:`x (삭제)`를 클릭하십시오."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45
 msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr "사용 사례"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a "
+"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a "
 "marketing campaign might commonly use."
-msgstr "아래의 시나리오를 통해 마케팅 캠페인에서 일반적으로 사용하는 다양한 필터 조합을 설명드립니다. "
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50
-msgid ""
-"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-msgstr "시나리오 #1: 파이프라인에서의 새로운 영업기회로 목표 범위를 좁히십시오"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52
-msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
-"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"캠페인 서식 양식란의 편집 모드에서 :guilabel:`대상` 필드를 선택하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`검색 모드` 를 "
-"클릭합니다. 그런 다음, :guilabel:`영업제안/영업기회`를 검색하여 선택합니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51
-msgid ""
+msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
-" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
-" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From "
-"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
 msgstr ""
-"그 후  :guilabel:`필터` 필드에서 :guilabel:`필터 추가`를 클릭합니다. 필터 수식의 첫 부분에서 기본 "
-":guilabel:`ID` 필터 옵션을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 수많은 필터 옵션들을 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 이 "
-"드롭다운 메뉴 중 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`유형`을 검색합니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-"(equal sign)`."
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-msgstr "필터 수식의 두번째 부분은 기본인 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`로 둡니다."
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for "
+":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, "
+"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of "
+"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter "
+"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 "
+"(equal sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
 ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of "
-":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as "
+":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the "
-"the equation is customized."
+"equation is customized."
 msgstr ""
-"그런 다음, 필터 수식에서 세번째 (마지막) 부분을 :guilabel:`영업제안` to :guilabel:`영업기회`로 변경합니다. 해당"
-" 특정 필터 수식에 맞도록 :guilabel:`레코드` 숫자는 수식 편집에 따라서 변경됩니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103
 msgid ""
-"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to"
+"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` "
-" the right of the equation."
+"icon to the right of the equation."
-msgstr "수식의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`+ (더하기 표시)`를 클릭하여 필터에 노드를 추가합니다."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node "
-"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
+"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
 "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
 "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
 "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
-"\"신규\" 영업기회를 이 필터의 대상으로 하려는 경우, 두번째 노드는 파이프라인의 :guilabel:`신규` 단계에 있는 영업기회를 "
-"확인하는데만 주력하게 됩니다. 그렇게 하시려면,  두번째 필터 수식의 첫번째 부분에 있는 기본 :guilabel:`ID`를 선택한 후, "
-"스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) 필드의 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`단계`를 확인합니다. "
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= "
+"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
-msgstr "이번에도 필터 수식의 두번째 부분은 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)` 로 둡니다."
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the "
-"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, "
+"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only "
-"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the "
+"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline."
-"pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"마지막으로, 두번째 필터 서식의 세번째 (마지막) 부분의 기본 값을 강조 표시한 후 :guilabel:`신규` 항목을 입력합니다. 입력을"
-" 마치면, Odoo에서는 파이프라인 상에서 \"신규\" 단계에 있는 영업기회만을 대상으로 하게 됩니다."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid ""
 "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a "
+"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific "
-"specific ticket"
+"ticket"
-msgstr "시나리오 #2: 특정한 티켓을 구입한 행사 참석자로 대상 범위를 좁힙니다"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88
-msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
-"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select "
-"it."
 msgstr ""
-"캠페인 서식 양식란의 편집 모드에서 :guilabel:`대상` 필드를 선택하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`검색 모드` 를 "
-"클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`행사`를 선택합니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89
+msgid ""
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or "
+"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
 " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
@@ -1478,60 +1448,60 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`ID` 필터 옵션을 클릭합니다. 이렇게 하면 수많은 필터 옵션들을 선택할 수 있는 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 이 "
 "드롭다운 메뉴 중 스크롤을 내려서 (검색도 가능합니다) :guilabel:`행사`를 선택합니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98
 msgid ""
-"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of "
+"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of "
-"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select "
+"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down "
-":guilabel:`contains`."
+"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"필터 수식의 두번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`를 클릭합니다. 클릭하면 드롭다운 메뉴가 나타납니다. 해당 "
-"메뉴에서 :guilabel:`포함`을 선택합니다.  "
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the "
-"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign "
+"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter."
-"filter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus "
+"sign)` icon to the right of the equation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who "
-"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the "
+"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned "
-"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
+"in the first filter equation."
-"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
-"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that "
-"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`."
 msgstr ""
-"두번째 노드를 통해서는, 첫번째 필터 수식에서 앞서 확인한 행사 관련 특정한 유형의 티켓을 구입한 참석자들을 대상으로 이 캠페인을 "
-"진행하는데 주력할 것입니다. 그렇게 하려면, 두번째 필터 수식의 첫번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`ID`를 선택한 후, 스크롤을 "
-"내려서 (검색도 가능) 드롭다운 메뉴 필드에서 :guilabel:`행사 티켓`을 선택합니다. 그리고, 동일한 드롭다운 메뉴에서 "
-":guilabel:`이름`을 선택합니다."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110
 msgid ""
-"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second "
+"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the "
+"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event "
+"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, "
+"select :guilabel:`Name`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second "
 "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"다시 한번, 필터 수식의 두번째 부분에서 기본 :guilabel:`= (등호 표시)`를 클릭한 후, :guilabel:`포함`을 "
-"선택합니다.  "
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, "
-"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used"
+"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for "
-" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event"
+"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event "
-" ticket type for this sample filter."
+"ticket type for this sample filter."
 msgstr ""
-"마지막으로, 두번째 필터 수식에서 비어있는 세번째 (마지막) 부분에 필터에서 사용할 티켓 유형의 이름을 입력합니다. 이 사례에서는 이 "
-"예시 필터의 행사 티켓 타입 이름은 :guilabel:`일반형`입니다."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3
-msgid "Testing and running a campaign"
+msgid "Testing/running campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5
@@ -1542,58 +1512,83 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a "
+"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and "
-"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or"
+"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form."
-" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this "
+msgstr ""
-"documentation <workflow_activities>`). To start a test, click the "
+
-":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form."
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities "
+"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on "
+":doc:`this documentation "
+"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of "
+"the campaign form."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a "
-"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking"
-" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and"
-" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will "
+"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the "
-"redirect to the campaign test page."
+"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the "
+"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` "
+"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the "
+":guilabel:`Create` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and "
+":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information "
+"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the "
+":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the "
+":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the "
+"campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with"
+"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested "
-" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first "
+"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in "
-"activity (or activities) in the workflow."
+"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the "
+"workflow that's being tested."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in"
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a "
-" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the "
+":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow."
-"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity."
+" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and "
+"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be "
+"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move "
-"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the "
+"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow "
-"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
+"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-"
+"left corner of the campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3
@@ -1602,44 +1597,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users "
+"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan "
-"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get "
+"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns."
-"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add"
-" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can "
-"be set for that specific activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template "
+"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign "
-"will appear with the following customizable fields:"
+"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a "
+":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank "
+"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-"
+"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
 msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal "
+":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal"
-"Odoo operation), or SMS."
+" Odoo operation), or `SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a"
 " new one on-the-fly)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24
 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific "
 "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a "
@@ -1648,127 +1649,144 @@ msgid ""
 "cease after the initial date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all "
-"subsequent Child Activities)."
+"subsequent child activities)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it "
 "satisfies the specified domain (filter)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & "
-"Close` to finish creating the activity."
+"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign "
-msgstr ""
+"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create "
-
+"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or "
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
+":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing "
-msgid "Workflow activity"
+"automation campaign form."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where "
-"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger "
-"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow "
-"Activity` card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
+msgid "Workflow activity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of "
+"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears"
-"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and "
+" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is "
-":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference"
+"displayed as a line graph."
-" (in green and red, respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to "
+"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of "
+":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to "
+"the right of the graph."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to "
-":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the "
+":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity "
-":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been "
+"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what "
-":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been "
+"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, "
-":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
+"or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62
 msgid "Child activities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child "
+"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking "
-"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the "
+":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block"
-"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*."
+" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child "
+"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)"
-"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the"
+" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*."
-" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over "
-":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - "
+"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent "
+"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child"
+" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) "
 "recipient opens the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient"
 " does not open the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "replies to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not reply to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "clicks on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is "
 "bounced (not sent)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89
 msgid ""
 "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it "
-"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click "
+"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click "
-":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity."
+":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will "
+"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly "
+"indented position beneath its parent activity."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8

locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -4,17 +4,18 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Daye Jeong, 2023
 # Sarah Park, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1420,133 +1421,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "입출고 현황"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr "포럼 및 온라인 학습"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "게시판"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-"고객 지원 포럼을 통해 이메일이나 실시간 채팅, 웹사이트 양식 또는 직접 통화하는 이상의 서비스를 고객들에게 지원해드립니다.. 이를 통해"
-" 고객이 귀하의 비즈니스 세부 정보를 더욱 자세히 알 수 있게 되므로 회사에 더 큰 애착을 가질 수 있게 됩니다. 또한고객들간의 경험과 "
-"전문 지식의 나눌 수 있도록 하여 고객들이 커뮤니티 (귀하의 커뮤니티입니다!)에 소속감을 가질 수 있도록 합니다. "
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "설정"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀` 메뉴로 이동하여 *헬프데스크*를 활성화합니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 헬프 센터 기능이 강조되어 있는 헬프데스크 팀 설정 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-"외부 링크를 클릭하여 포럼 게시판을 생성하거나 편집합니다. 편집 옵션의 *포럼 모드*에서 *질문*을 선택하면 질문글 당 하나의 답글만 "
-"허용할 수 있으며 *토론*을 선택하면 질문당 여러 답글을 허용하도록 할 수 있습니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크의 포럼 설정 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-"이제 사용자가 로그인하면 글을 올릴 수 있습니다. 게시물을 추적하려면 :menuselection:`웹사이트 --> 포럼 --> 게시글` "
-"메뉴를 확인하십시오."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 사용할 수 있는 내용을 표시해놓은 포럼 웹사이트 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr "상담 페이지에서 *포럼에서 공유하기*를 클릭하기만 하면 상담 내용을 포럼 게시물로 전환할 수 있습니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "온라인 학습 관리"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-"포럼 게시판 외에도 온라인 학습 과정도 서비스할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해서 고객 및 사용자들이 필요한 내용이나 문의 사항이 있을 경우 "
-"자세한 콘텐츠를 이용하여 답변을 찾으므로 효율적으로 진행할 수 있게 됩니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ":menuselection:`헬프데스크 --> 구성 --> 헬프데스크 팀`으로 이동하여 *온라인 학습* 메뉴를 활성화합니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 온라인 학습 항목이 강조되어 있는 고객지원팀 설정 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr "교육 과정의 개요와 수업 내용 준비가 완료되면 *미게시*를 클릭하여 *게시*합니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크에서 게시가 완료된 교육 과정 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr "교육 과정에 관한 통계를 확인하려면 *온라인 학습* 및 *과정 보기*로 이동합니다."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Odoo 헬프데스크용 온라인 학습앱에서의 현황판 화면"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "할 일"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr "세부 정보/정보는 온라인 학습 문서에서 불러와야 합니다. 따라서 완료된 경우 문서를 링크시키시기 바랍니다!"
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr "헬프데스크 시작하기"
@@ -1889,6 +1763,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr "칸반 화면에서 단계를 수동으로 접기 처리해도 단계에 해당하는 상담은 종료되지 않습니다. "
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "고객센터"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "전문 지식 사항"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "커뮤니티 포럼"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "질문하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "질문에 찬성투표됨"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "질문에 반대투표됨"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "답변에 찬성투표함"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "답변에 반대투표함"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "답변으로 채택하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "답변으로 채택됨"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "신고한 답변"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "질문하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "질문 답변"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "찬성투표"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "반대투표"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "자신의 게시물 편집하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "모든 게시물 편집하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "자신의 게시물 마감하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "모든 게시물 마감하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "자신의 게시물 삭제하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "모든 게시물 삭제하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "링크 팔로우 없음"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "모든 질문에 대한 답변 채택하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "자신의 댓글 링크 해제"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "모든 댓글 링크 해제"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "승인없이 질문하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "모욕 게시물 신고하기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "중재 게시물"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "질문 태그 변경"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "새 태그 만들기"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "온라인 학습 관리"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr "고객 평가"

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -4,17 +4,17 @@
 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
 # 
 # Translators:
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Sven Coeck, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sven Coeck, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -133,3 +133,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Werknemers"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Nieuwe werknemer toevoegen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "CV"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Vaardigheden"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2022
-# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022
+# Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n"
@@ -1316,151 +1316,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Overzicht"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr "Forum en eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Forum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-"Om verder te gaan dan e-mail, livechat, webformulieren en telefoonlijnen, "
-"biedt u uw klanten een ondersteuningsforum aan. Op deze manier kunnen "
-"klanten meer gehecht raken aan uw bedrijf omdat ze tijd zouden investeren om"
-" in de details van uw bedrijf te komen. Je stimuleert ook de uitwisseling "
-"van ervaringen en kennis en ondersteunt het gevoel bij een gemeenschap te "
-"horen (jouw gemeenschap!)."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "Opgericht"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar :menuselectie:`Helpdesk --> Configuratie --> Helpdeskteam` en "
-"activeer *Helpcentrum*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-"Maak of bewerk een forum door op de externe link te klikken. Kies onder de "
-"bewerkingsopties of u de *Forummodus* *Vragen* wilt hebben: er is slechts "
-"één antwoord toegestaan per vraag of *Discussies*: er zijn meerdere "
-"antwoorden toegestaan per vraag."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-"Vanaf nu kunnen ingelogde gebruikers hun discussies starten. Om berichten "
-"bij te houden, ga naar :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Berichten`."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-"Verander tickets in forumberichten door simpelweg op *Delen op het forum* op"
-" de ticketpagina te klikken."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-"Bied naast een forum ook online cursussen aan. Daarbij koppelt u de "
-"behoeften en vragen van uw klanten en gebruikers aan nuttige inhoud, wat de "
-"efficiëntie verhoogt, omdat ze daar ook hun antwoorden kunnen vinden."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-"Ga naar :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuratie --> Helpdesk Teams` en "
-"schakel *eLearning* in."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-"Zodra de structuur en inhoud van je cursus klaar zijn, *Publiceer* deze door"
-" op *Niet gepubliceerd* te klikken."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-"Om uw cursusstatistieken bij te houden, gaat u naar *eLearning* en *View "
-"Course*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Te doen"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-"DETAILS/INFO MOETEN KOMEN UIT ELEARNING DOCS. DAAROM LINK DOCS EENMAAL "
-"BESCHIKBAAR!"
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1759,6 +1614,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Helpcentrum"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Kennis"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "Community forum"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Een vraag stellen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Vraag omhoog gestemd"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Vraag omlaag gestemd"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Antwoord omhoog gestemd"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Antwoord omlaag gestemd"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Accepteer een vraag"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Antwoord geaccepteerd"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Antwoord gekenmerkt"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Stel vragen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Beantwoorde vragen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Omhoog stemmen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Omlaag stemmen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Wijzig eigen bericht"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Alle berichten bewerken"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Sluit eigen bericht"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Sluit alle berichten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Verwijder eigen berichten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Alle berichten verwijderen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "Nofollow links"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Accepteer een antwoord op alle vragen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Ontkoppel eigen reacties"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Alle reacties ontkoppelen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Stel vragen zonder bevestiging"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Kenmerk een bericht als beledigend"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Modereer berichten"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Wijzig de vraag labels"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Maak nieuwe labels aan"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "eLearning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Layna Nascimento, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Funcionários"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Adicione um novo funcionário"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "Currículo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Habilidades"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
@@ -1207,137 +1207,137 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when "
+"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when "
-"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` "
+"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps"
-"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, "
+" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can "
-"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right "
+"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at "
-"customers at the right time."
+"the right time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11
-msgid "Work with target filters"
+msgid "Configure target filters"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options"
+"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some "
-" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter "
+"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The "
-"has more refined parameters within it."
+":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more "
+"refined parameters within it that can be customized."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds "
 "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new "
 "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, "
-"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements."
+"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` "
-msgstr ""
+"statements."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24
-msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
+msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules"
-" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)."
+" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules "
-"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)."
+"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon "
-"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`."
+"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add "
+"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add "
-"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a "
+"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node"
-":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`."
+" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45
 msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr "Casos de uso"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a "
+"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a "
 "marketing campaign might commonly use."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51
-msgid ""
+msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it."
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for "
+":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, "
-" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
+"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of "
-" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From "
+"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter "
-"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
+"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= "
+"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
+"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
 ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of "
-":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as "
+":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the "
-"the equation is customized."
+"equation is customized."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103
 msgid ""
-"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to"
+"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` "
-" the right of the equation."
+"icon to the right of the equation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node "
-"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
+"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
 "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
 "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
 "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= "
+"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the "
-"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, "
+"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only "
-"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the "
+"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline."
-"pipeline."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
@@ -1345,21 +1345,21 @@ msgid ""
 "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a "
+"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific "
-"specific ticket"
+"ticket"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or "
-"it."
+"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
 " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
@@ -1367,42 +1367,52 @@ msgid ""
 "this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98
 msgid ""
-"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of "
+"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of "
-"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select "
+"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down "
-":guilabel:`contains`."
+"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the "
-"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign "
+"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter."
-"filter."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus "
+"sign)` icon to the right of the equation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who "
-"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the "
+"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned "
-"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
+"in the first filter equation."
-"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
-"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that "
-"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110
 msgid ""
-"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second "
+"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the "
+"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event "
+"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, "
+"select :guilabel:`Name`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second "
 "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, "
-"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used"
+"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for "
-" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event"
+"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event "
-" ticket type for this sample filter."
+"ticket type for this sample filter."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
@@ -1410,7 +1420,7 @@ msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3
-msgid "Testing and running a campaign"
+msgid "Testing/running campaigns"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5
@@ -1421,58 +1431,83 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a "
+"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and "
-"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or"
+"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form."
-" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this "
+msgstr ""
-"documentation <workflow_activities>`). To start a test, click the "
+
-":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form."
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities "
+"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on "
+":doc:`this documentation "
+"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of "
+"the campaign form."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a "
-"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking"
-" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and"
-" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will "
+"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the "
-"redirect to the campaign test page."
+"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the "
+"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` "
+"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the "
+":guilabel:`Create` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and "
+":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information "
+"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the "
+":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the "
+":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the "
+"campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with"
+"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested "
-" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first "
+"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in "
-"activity (or activities) in the workflow."
+"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the "
+"workflow that's being tested."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in"
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a "
-" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the "
+":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow."
-"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity."
+" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and "
+"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be "
+"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move "
-"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the "
+"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow "
-"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
+"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-"
+"left corner of the campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3
@@ -1481,44 +1516,50 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users "
+"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan "
-"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get "
+"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns."
-"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add"
-" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can "
-"be set for that specific activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template "
+"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign "
-"will appear with the following customizable fields:"
+"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a "
+":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank "
+"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-"
+"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
 msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal "
+":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal"
-"Odoo operation), or SMS."
+" Odoo operation), or `SMS`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a"
 " new one on-the-fly)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24
 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific "
 "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a "
@@ -1527,127 +1568,144 @@ msgid ""
 "cease after the initial date."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all "
-"subsequent Child Activities)."
+"subsequent child activities)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it "
 "satisfies the specified domain (filter)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & "
-"Close` to finish creating the activity."
+"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign "
-msgstr ""
+"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create "
-
+"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or "
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
+":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing "
-msgid "Workflow activity"
+"automation campaign form."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36
-msgid ""
-"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where "
-"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger "
-"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow "
-"Activity` card."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
+msgid "Workflow activity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of "
+"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears"
-"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and "
+" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is "
-":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference"
+"displayed as a line graph."
-" (in green and red, respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45
+msgid ""
+"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to "
+"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of "
+":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to "
+"the right of the graph."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to "
-":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the "
+":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity "
-":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been "
+"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what "
-":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been "
+"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, "
-":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
+"or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62
 msgid "Child activities"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child "
+"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking "
-"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the "
+":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block"
-"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*."
+" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child "
+"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)"
-"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the"
+" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*."
-" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over "
-":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - "
+"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent "
+"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child"
+" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) "
 "recipient opens the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient"
 " does not open the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "replies to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not reply to the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "clicks on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is "
 "bounced (not sent)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89
 msgid ""
 "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it "
-"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click "
+"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click "
-":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity."
+":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will "
+"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly "
+"indented position beneath its parent activity."
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8

locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -7,17 +7,18 @@
 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023
 # Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023
 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Layna Nascimento, 2023
+# Kevilyn Rosa, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1317,152 +1318,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`/aplicações/inventário_e_mrp/inventário/gestão/produtos/uom`"
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Visão Geral"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr "Fórum e eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Fórum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-"Para ir além do e-mail, chat ao vivo, formulários web e linhas telefônicas, "
-"ofereça a seus clientes um fórum de suporte. Desta forma, os clientes podem "
-"se apegar mais à sua empresa, pois estariam investindo tempo para entrar em "
-"detalhes de seus negócios. Você também encoraja a troca de experiências e "
-"conhecimentos, apoiando o sentimento de pertencer a uma comunidade (sua "
-"comunidade!)."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "Configurar"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-"Ir para :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` e "
-"habilitar *Help Center*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-"Criar, ou editar um fórum clicando no link externo. Entre as opções de "
-"edição, escolha se deseja que o *Modo Fórum* seja *Questões*: apenas uma "
-"resposta é permitida por pergunta ou *Discussões*: são permitidas múltiplas "
-"respostas por pergunta."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-"De agora em diante, os usuários logados podem iniciar suas discussões. Para "
-"acompanhar os posts, vá para :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-"Transforme os ingressos em postagens no fórum simplesmente clicando em "
-"*Partilhar no Fórum* na página do ingresso."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "e-Learning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-"Além de um fórum, oferecer cursos on-line. Ao fazer isso, você vincula as "
-"necessidades e perguntas de seus clientes e usuários a conteúdos úteis, "
-"ajudando a aumentar a eficiência, pois eles também podem encontrar suas "
-"respostas lá."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-"Ir para :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` e "
-"habilitar *eLearning*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-"Uma vez que a estrutura e o conteúdo de seu curso estejam prontos, *Publicá-"
-"lo* clicando em *Não Publicado*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-"Para acompanhar as estatísticas de seu curso, vá para *eLearning* e *View "
-"Course*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "À Fazer"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-"DETALHES/INFORMAÇÕES DEVEM VIR DOS DOCS ELEARNING. PORTANTO, LIGUE OS DOCS "
-"UMA VEZ DISPONÍVEIS!"
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1761,6 +1616,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Ajuda"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Conhecimento"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "Fórum da comunidade"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Fazendo uma pergunta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Pergunta mais votada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Pergunta menos votada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Resposta mais votada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Resposta rebaixada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Aceitando uma resposta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Resposta aceita"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Resposta sinalizada"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Fazer perguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Responder a perguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Condecorar"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Rebaixar"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Editar próprias postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Modificar todos posts"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Encerrar próprias postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Fechar todas as postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Excluir as próprias postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Apagar todas as postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr "Links Nofollow"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Aceite uma resposta para todas as perguntas"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Desvincular os próprios comentários"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Desvincular todos os comentários"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Fazer perguntas sem validação"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Marcar um post como ofensivo"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Moderar postagens"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Alterar marcadores de pergunta"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Criar novos marcadores"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "e-Learning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-15 11:45+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ msgstr "Pentru a afișa doar bazele de date cu nume care încep cu 'mycompany'"
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf`` set:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:"
-msgstr "în ``/etc/odoo.conf`` setează:"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53
 msgid ""
@@ -714,8 +714,8 @@ msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo"
 msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM pentru Odoo"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241
-msgid "in ``/etc/odoo.conf``:"
+msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:"
-msgstr "în ``/etc/odoo.conf``:"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257
 msgid "HTTPS"
@@ -4096,8 +4096,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 msgstr ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`"
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6
-msgid "Upgrade Community to Enterprise"
+msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise"
-msgstr "Actualizați Community la Enterprise"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8
 msgid ""
@@ -11906,68 +11906,114 @@ msgstr ""
 "întotdeauna o actualizare de test înainte de a actualiza instanța dvs. de "
 "producție."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:6
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5
-msgid "Requesting a test upgrade"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Cererea unei actualizări de test"
+"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website."
+" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager "
+"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in."
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8
-msgid "Go to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-msgstr "Mergi la `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:9
-msgid "Click on your profile icon and select *My Databases*."
-msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe pictograma profilului dvs. și selectați *My Databases*."
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
-msgid "Selecting My Databases under my profile"
-msgstr "Selectarea My Databases sub profilul meu"
-
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:14
 msgid ""
-"Click on the up arrow button next to your main database name to proceed to "
+"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with"
-"the test upgrade."
+" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent "
+"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database "
+"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded."
 msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe butonul săgeată în sus lângă numele bazei de date principale "
-"pentru a continua cu actualizarea de test."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:0
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid "Selecting the action settings icon"
+msgid ""
-msgstr "Selectarea pictogramei setărilor de acțiune"
+"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a "
+"database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17
+msgid "Test database"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19
 msgid ""
-"In the pop-up message that appears, select the target version and then "
+"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the"
-":guilabel:`Test` as purpose."
+" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that "
+"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, "
+"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the "
+"database upgrade."
 msgstr ""
-"În mesajul pop-up care apare, selectați versiunea țintă și apoi "
-":guilabel:`Test` ca scop."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:24
 msgid ""
-"The :guilabel:`Production` purpose doesn't appear if you didn't test your "
+"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to "
-"upgraded database at least once."
+"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, "
+"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to "
+"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual "
+"database."
 msgstr ""
-" :guilabel:`Production` scopul nu apare dacă nu ați testat baza de date "
-"actualizată cel puțin o dată."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:26
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
-msgid ""
+msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up."
-"This triggers the automated upgrade process. A confirmation email is then "
-"sent to you with the the link to the upgraded database or to provide "
-"information if the upgrade failed."
 msgstr ""
-"Acest lucru declanșează procesul automat de actualizare. Un e-mail de "
-"confirmare vă este trimis cu link-ul către baza de date actualizată sau "
-"pentru a furniza informații dacă actualizarea a eșuat."
 
-#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:33
 msgid ""
-"You can also see and access your test database from your *My Databases* "
+"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up"
-"page."
+" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade "
+"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is "
+"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:42
+msgid ""
+"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test "
+"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main "
+"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, "
+"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test "
+"version's row to go to the database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1
+msgid "A test database on the database manager page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52
+msgid ""
+"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact"
+" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in "
+"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any "
+"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:57
+msgid "Production database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:59
+msgid ""
+"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database "
+"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the"
+" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The "
+":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that "
+"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` "
+"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the"
+" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"appears next to the name of the database."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag "
+"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified."
 msgstr ""
-"De asemenea, puteți vedea și accesa baza de date de test din pagina *My "
-"Databases*."
 
 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10
 msgid ""

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,17 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
+# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023
+# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +134,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Angajați"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Adăugare angajat nou"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Aptitudini"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
@@ -1307,195 +1307,138 @@ msgstr "Publicul țintă"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"Delivering marketing campaigns to the *right* audience is paramount when "
+"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when "
-"trying to grow a business. The :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing Automation` "
+"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps"
-"application helps marketers to do just that by providing filtering tools, "
+" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can "
-"that can be as simple or as complex as necessary, to reach the right "
+"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at "
-"customers at the right time."
+"the right time."
 msgstr ""
-"Livrarea campaniilor de marketing către publicul *țintă* este esențială "
-"atunci când încercați să creșteți o afacere. :guilabel:`Odoo Marketing "
-"Automation` aplicația ajută marketerii să facă tocmai asta prin furnizarea "
-"de instrumente de filtrare, care pot fi atât de simple sau atât de complexe "
-"cât este necesar, pentru a ajunge la clienții corecți, la momentul potrivit."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11
-msgid "Work with target filters"
+msgid "Configure target filters"
-msgstr "Lucrați cu filtrele țintă"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13
 msgid ""
-"When configuring the filters on a marketing campaign, there are some options"
+"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some "
-" that have an arrow icon beside them. The arrow signifies that the filter "
+"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The "
-"has more refined parameters within it."
+":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more "
+"refined parameters within it that can be customized."
 msgstr ""
-"Când configurați filtrele pe o campanie de marketing, există anumite opțiun "
-"care au o iconiță cu săgeată lângă ele. Săgeata semnifică că filtrul are mai"
-" parametri mai detaliați în interiorul lui."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application."
 msgstr "Meniul drop-down de filtre în aplicația Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21
 msgid ""
 "Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds "
 "another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new "
 "line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, "
-"allowing filters to be grouped with *Any* or *All* statements."
+"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` "
+"statements."
 msgstr ""
-"Filtrarea poate fi extinsă prin adăugarea de *ramuri* și *noduri*. Un *nod* "
-"adaugă un alt parametru de filtrare pentru un grup de condiții țintă (de "
-"exemplu, o nouă linie), și o *ramură* creează un grup de parametri finiți, "
-"permite filtrarea grupurilor cu parametrii *Oricare* sau *Toate*."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:24
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
 msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:"
 msgstr "De fiecare dată când se creează o nouă ramură, există două opțiuni:"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28
 msgid ""
 "Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules"
-" (an AND statement where all criteria must match)."
+" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"În fiecare caz, înregistrările pot să se potrivească cu :guilabel:`TOATE` "
-"criteriile pentru regulile viitoar (o afirmație AND unde toate criteriile "
-"trebuie să se potrivească)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:29
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30
 msgid ""
 "Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules "
-"(an OR statement where only one of the criteria must match)."
+"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)."
 msgstr ""
-"Sau, înregistrările pot să se potrivească cu :guilabel:`ORICARE` criteriile "
-"pentru regulile viitoar(o afirmație OR unde doar unul dintre criterii "
-"trebuie să se potrivească)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:32
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33
 msgid ""
 "To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon "
-"in the green box and select :guilabel:`Any` or :guilabel:`All`."
+"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`."
 msgstr ""
-"Pentru a schimba între aceste două opțiuni, faceți clic pe iconița săgeată "
-"drop-down în caseta verde și selectați :guilabel:`Oricare` sau "
-":guilabel:`Toate`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:35
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36
 msgid ""
-"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign icon)` and to add "
+"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add "
-"another branch click on the :guilabel:`... (ellipses icon)`. To exclude a "
+"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node"
-":guilabel:`node` (or a :guilabel:`branch`), click on :guilabel:`x (delete)`."
+" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it."
 msgstr ""
-"Pentru a adăuga un nod, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`+ (iconița semn plus)` și "
-"pentru a adăuga o altă ramură faceți clic pe :guilabel:`... (iconița "
-"elipsă)`. Pentru a exclude un :guilabel:`nod` (sau o :guilabel:`ramură`), "
-"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`x (iconița ștergere)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:44
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45
 msgid "Use cases"
 msgstr "Exemple de utilizare"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:46
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47
 msgid ""
-"The following scenarios below outline different combinations of filters a "
+"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a "
 "marketing campaign might commonly use."
 msgstr ""
-"Următoarele scenarii de mai jos prezintă combinații diferite de filtre care "
-"ar putea folosi în mod obișnuit în campania de marketing ."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:50
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51
-msgid ""
+msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
-"Scenario #1: Narrow the target down to new opportunities in the pipeline"
 msgstr ""
-"Scenariu #1: Restrângeți ținta de oportunități noi în fluxul de activități"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:52
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, search for :guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity` and select it."
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for "
+":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"În timp ce sunteți în modul Editare pe un formular de șablon de campanie, "
-"selectați :guilabel:`Țintă` câmpul, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Căutare mai"
-" mult` din meniul drop-down. Apoi, căutați :guilabel:`Pistă/Oportunitate` și"
-" selectați-l."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:56
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57
 msgid ""
-"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
+"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, "
-" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
+"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of "
-" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From "
+"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter "
-"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
+"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`."
 msgstr ""
-"În continuare, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați filtru` în "
-":guilabel:`Filtru` câmp. Faceți clic p implicit :guilabel:`ID` opțiunea de "
-"filtru în prima parte a ecuației de filtru Astfel, deschideți un meniu drop-"
-"down cu opțiuni de filtrare. Din acest meniu drop-down, derulați în jos (sau"
-" căutați) :guilabel:`Tip`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62
 msgid ""
-"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`= "
+"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
-"Păstrați a doua parte a ecuației de filtru pe implicit :guilabel:`(equal "
-"sign)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:63
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Then, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
+"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from "
 ":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of "
-":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation will change as "
+":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the "
-"the equation is customized."
+"equation is customized."
 msgstr ""
-"În cele din urmă, schimbați a treia (și ultima) parte a ecuației de filtrare"
-" de la :guilabel:`Pistă` la :guilabel:`Oportunitate`. Numărul de "
-":guilabel:`Înregistrări` care se potrivesc acestui filtru al ecuații se va "
-"schimba conform personalizării ecuației."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:67
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:103
 msgid ""
-"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` to"
+"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` "
-" the right of the equation."
+"icon to the right of the equation."
 msgstr ""
-"Adăugați un alt nod la acest filtru făcând clic pe :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)`"
-" la  dreapta ecuației."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71
 msgid ""
 "With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node "
-"will focus on only locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
+"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` "
 "stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
 "the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
 "for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu."
 msgstr ""
-"\"Noi\" oportunități fiind ținta acestui filtru, al doilea nod va concentra "
-"doar pe localizarea oportunităților care sunt în :guilabel:`Nou` stadiul de "
-"flux de activități. Pentru a face acest lucru, selectați implicit "
-":guilabel:`ID` din prima parte a celei de a doua ecuații de filtrare și "
-"derulați în jos (sau căutați pentru) :guilabel:`Stadiu` din meniul drop-"
-"down."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76
 msgid ""
-"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`= "
+"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 "
-"(equal sign)`."
+"(equal sign)` icon."
 msgstr ""
-"Încă o dată, lăsați a doua parte a ecuației de filtrare pe :guilabel:`(equal"
-" sign)`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the "
-"second filter equation and type in :guilabel:`New`. With that completed, "
+"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only "
-"Odoo will only target opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the "
+"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline."
-"pipeline."
 msgstr ""
-"În cele din urmă, evidențiați valoarea implicită în a treia (și ultima) "
-"parte a doua ecuație de filtrare și tastați :guilabel:`Nou`. Cu acest lucru "
-"finalizat, Odoo va ținti doar oportunitățile care sunt în stadiul \"Nou\" în"
-" fluxul de activități"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid ""
@@ -1504,27 +1447,21 @@ msgstr ""
 "Un scenariu standard utilizând filtre în aplicația Odoo Marketing "
 "Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:86
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87
 msgid ""
-"Scenario #2: Narrow the target down to the event attendees that purchased a "
+"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific "
-"specific ticket"
+"ticket"
 msgstr ""
-"Scenariu # 2: Micșorați ținta la participanții la eveniment care au cumpărat"
-" un bilet specific"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:88
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89
 msgid ""
-"While in Edit mode on a campaign template form, select the "
+"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the "
-":guilabel:`Target` field, and click :guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-"
+":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click "
-"down menu. Then, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event` and select "
+":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or "
-"it."
+"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it."
 msgstr ""
-"În timp ce sunteți în modul Editare pe un formular de șablon de campanie, "
-"selectați :guilabel:`Țintă` câmp, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Search More` "
-"din meniul drop-down. Apoi, derulați în jos (sau căutați) "
-":guilabel:`Eveniment` și selectați-l."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:92
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93
 msgid ""
 "Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on"
 " the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter"
@@ -1537,62 +1474,53 @@ msgstr ""
 "opțiuni de filtrare. De la acest meniu drop-down, derulați în jos (sau "
 "căutați) :guilabel:`Eveniment`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:97
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98
 msgid ""
-"Click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second portion of "
+"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of "
-"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. On this menu, select "
+"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down "
-":guilabel:`contains`."
+"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"Faceți clic pe implicit :guilabel:`= (semnul egal)` în a doua parte a "
-"ecuației de filtrare. Acest lucru deschide un meniu drop-down. În acest "
-"meniu, selectați :guilabel:`conține`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:100
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101
 msgid ""
 "In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the "
-"name of the event(s) that you would like Odoo to consider for this campaign "
+"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter."
-"filter."
 msgstr ""
-"În a treia (și ultima) parte liberă a ecuației de filtrare, tastați numele "
-"evenimentului (evenimentelor) pe care doriți să le luați în considerare "
-"pentru această campanie"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:106
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus "
+"sign)` icon to the right of the equation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107
 msgid ""
 "The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who "
-"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) in the "
+"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned "
-"first filter equation. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from "
+"in the first filter equation."
-"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search "
-"for) :guilabel:`Event Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that "
-"same drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Name`."
 msgstr ""
-"Al doilea nod își va concetra atenția asupra campaniei pentru participanții "
-"care cumpără un anumit tip de bilet pentru evenimentul(evenimentele) "
-"menționate mai sus în prima ecuație de filtrare. Pentru a face acest lucru, "
-"selectați implicit :guilabel:`ID` din prima parte a celei de a doua ecuație "
-"de filtrare, și derulați în jos (sau căutați după) :guilabel:`Bilet "
-"eveniment` din meniul drop-down. Apoi, în acest meniu drop-down, selectați "
-":guilabel:`Nume`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:112
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110
 msgid ""
-"Once again, click the the default :guilabel:`= (equal sign)` in the second "
+"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the "
+"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event "
+"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, "
+"select :guilabel:`Name`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114
+msgid ""
+"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second "
 "portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`."
 msgstr ""
-"Încă o dată, faceți clic pe implicit :guilabel:`= (semnul egal)` în a doua "
-"parte a ecuația de filtrare, și selectați :guilabel:`conține`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:115
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117
 msgid ""
 "Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, "
-"which will be blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used"
+"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for "
-" for the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event"
+"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event "
-" ticket type for this sample filter."
+"ticket type for this sample filter."
 msgstr ""
-"În cele din urmă, în a treia (și ultima) parte a celei de a doua ecuație de "
-"filtrare, care va fi liberă, tastați numele tipului de bilet care ar trebui "
-"să fie utilizat pentru filtru. În acest caz, :guilabel:`Standard` este "
-"numele tipului de bilet de eveniment pentru acest exemplu de filtru."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1
 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application."
@@ -1600,8 +1528,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Un filtru de tichete de eveniment în aplicația Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3
-msgid "Testing and running a campaign"
+msgid "Testing/running campaigns"
-msgstr "Testarea și rularea unei campanii"
+msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5
 msgid ""
@@ -1613,85 +1541,84 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"First, open the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` application and click on a "
+"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and "
-"campaign. Make sure the campaign already has activities configured on it (or"
+"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form."
-" build a campaign by following the directions here on :doc:`this "
+msgstr ""
-"documentation <workflow_activities>`). To start a test, click the "
+
-":guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of the template form."
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11
+msgid ""
+"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities "
+"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on "
+":doc:`this documentation "
+"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of "
+"the campaign form."
 msgstr ""
-"În primul rând, deschideți aplicația :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` și "
-"faceți clic pe o campanie. Asigurați-vă că campania are deja activități "
-"configurate pe ea (sau construiți o campanie urmând instrucțiunile de aici "
-"pe :doc:`this documentation <workflow_activities>`). Pentru a începe un "
-"test, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Lansați un test` butonul de deasupra "
-"formularului șablon."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr "Lansați un test cu butonul de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:17
-msgid ""
-"When clicked, a pop-up window appears. In the dropdown field choose a "
-"specific record to run the test on, or create a brand new record by clicking"
-" the :guilabel:`Search More...` link at the bottom of the dropdown menu, and"
-" then click the :guilabel:`Create` button."
-msgstr ""
-"Când este apăsat, o fereastră pop-up apare. În câmpul drop-down alegeți o "
-"înregistrare specifică asupra căreia să rulați testul, sau creați o "
-"înregistrare nouă de brand prin clic pelink-ul :guilabel:`Căutați mai "
-"mult...` în partea de jos a meniului drop-down, și apoi faceți clic pe "
-"butonul :guilabel:`Creați`."
-
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21
 msgid ""
-"Once the record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo will "
+"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the "
-"redirect to the campaign test page."
+"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the "
+"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` "
+"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the "
+":guilabel:`Create` button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and "
+":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information "
+"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the "
+":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the "
+":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+msgid ""
+"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the "
+"campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
-"Odată ce înregistrarea este selectată, faceți clic pe "
-":guilabel:`Continuați`, și Odoo vă va redirecționa la pagina de testare a "
-"campaniei."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr "Ecran de testare în Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:28
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37
 msgid ""
-"Here, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested is visible, along with"
+"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested "
-" the precise time this test workflow was started. Beneath that is the first "
+"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in "
-"activity (or activities) in the workflow."
+"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the "
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the "
+"workflow that's being tested."
 msgstr ""
-"Aici, numele :guilabel:`Înregistrare` care este testat este vizibil, "
-"împreună cu timpul exact în care acest flux de lucru de testare a fost "
-"lansat. Sub aceasta este prima activitate (sau activități) în fluxul de "
-"lucru."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` icon beside the first activity in"
+"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a "
-" the workflow. When clicked, the page will reload, and Odoo will show the "
+":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow."
-"various results (and analytics) connected to that specific activity."
+" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and "
+"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time."
 msgstr ""
-"Pentru a începe un test, faceți clic pe pictograma :guilabel:`Rulează` lângă"
-" prima activitate în fluxul de lucru. Când este apăsat, pagina se va "
-"reîncărca, și Odoo va arăta diverse rezultate (și analize) conectate la acea"
-" activitate specifică."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1
 msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr "Progresul testului în flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:39
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50
 msgid ""
-"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end and be "
+"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move "
-"moved to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the "
+"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow "
-"workflow activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button."
+"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-"
+"left corner of the campaign test page."
 msgstr ""
-"Odată ce toate activitățile fluxului de lucru sunt finalizate, testul se va "
-"încheia și va fi mutat la etapa :guilabel:`Finalizat`. Pentru a opri un test"
-" înainte ca toate activitățile fluxului de lucru să fie finalizate, faceți "
-"clic pe butonul :guilabel:`Oprește`."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3
 msgid "Marketing activities"
@@ -1699,44 +1626,40 @@ msgstr "Activități de marketing"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5
 msgid ""
-"When creating a campaign in the :guilabel:`Marketing Automation` app, users "
+"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan "
-"can plan marketing activities such as email or SMS campaigns. To get "
+"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns."
-"started, navigate to the :guilabel:`Workflow` area, and click :guilabel:`Add"
-" New Activity`. A blank activity template will appear where parameters can "
-"be set for that specific activity."
 msgstr ""
-"Când se creează o campanie în aplicația :guilabel:`Automatizarea "
-"Marketingului`, utilizatorii pot planifica activități de marketing, cum ar "
-"fi campanii de e-mail sau SMS. Pentru a începe, navigați la zona "
-":guilabel:`Flux de lucru`, și faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Adăugați Activitate "
-"Nouă\". Va apărea un șablon de activitate necompletată, unde parametrii "
-"pentru acea activitate specifică pot fi setați."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:10
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8
 msgid ""
-"When :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is selected, a blank activity template "
+"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign "
-"will appear with the following customizable fields:"
+"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a "
+":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank "
+"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular "
+"activity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13
+msgid ""
+"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-"
+"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):"
 msgstr ""
-"Când este selectat :guilabel:`Adăugați Activitate Nouă`, va apărea un șablon"
-" de activitate necompletată cu următoarele câmpuri personalizabile:"
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr "Un șablon de activitate în Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:17
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity."
 msgstr ":guilabel:`Numele activității`: titlul activității."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:18
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
 msgid ""
-":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between Email, Server Action (internal "
+":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal"
-"Odoo operation), or SMS."
+" Odoo operation), or `SMS`."
 msgstr ""
-":guilabel:`Tipul activității`: alegeți între Email, Acțiune Server (operație"
-" internă Odoo), sau SMS."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:19
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a"
 " new one on-the-fly)."
@@ -1744,13 +1667,13 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Șablonul de e-mail`: alegeți din șabloanele preconfigurate (sau "
 "creați unu nou din mers)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24
 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered."
 msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Declanșator`: alegeți când ar trebui declanșată această "
 "activitate."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific "
 "amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a "
@@ -1764,15 +1687,13 @@ msgstr ""
 " :guilabel:`Ore, Zile, Săptămâni, sau Luni` după data inițială vrea ca "
 "acțiunile să se oprească."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all "
-"subsequent Child Activities)."
+"subsequent child activities)."
 msgstr ""
-":guilabel:`Filtrul activității`: domeniul legat de această activitate (și "
-"toate activitățile copil ulterioare)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:27
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it "
 "satisfies the specified domain (filter)."
@@ -1780,95 +1701,86 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Filtrul aplicat`: activitatea va fi efectuată *doar* dacă "
 "îndeplinește domeniul specificat (filtru)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:30
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
 msgid ""
 "After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & "
-"Close` to finish creating the activity."
+"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign "
+"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create "
+"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or "
+":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing "
+"automation campaign form."
 msgstr ""
-"După ce setările activității sunt complet configurate, faceți clic pe "
-":guilabel:`Salvează & Închide` pentru a finaliza crearea activității."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
 msgid "Workflow activity"
 msgstr "Activitate flux de lucru"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:36
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42
 msgid ""
-"Once saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` will appear in Odoo, where "
+"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears"
-"each activity will be shown as a graph by default. The configured trigger "
+" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is "
-"time for that activity can be found to the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow "
+"displayed as a line graph."
-"Activity` card."
 msgstr ""
-"Odată salvată, :guilabel:`Activitatea flux de lucru` va apărea în Odoo, unde"
-" fiecare activitate va fi afișată ca un grafic în mod implicit. "
-"Declanșatorul configurat pentru această activitate poate fi găsit la stânga "
-"cardului :guilabel:`Activitatea fluxului de lucru`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45
 msgid ""
-"In the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section, there is also the number of "
+"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to "
-"activities that are successful or rejected. The :guilabel:`Success` and "
+"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the "
-":guilabel:`Rejected` numbers are color-coded in the graph for easy reference"
+":guilabel:`Workflow` section."
-" (in green and red, respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48
+msgid ""
+"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of "
+":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to "
+"the right of the graph."
 msgstr ""
-"În secțiunea :guilabel:`Activitatea fluxului de lucru`, există și numărul "
-"activităților care sunt reușite sau respinse. Pentru a face referire ușor la"
-" ele, numerele :guilabel:`Succes` și :guilabel:`Respins` sunt colorate pe "
-"grafic (în verde respectiv roșu)."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1
 msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation."
 msgstr "Activitate tipică de flux de lucru în Odoo Marketing Automation."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:49
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56
 msgid ""
 "If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to "
-":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the "
+":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity "
-":guilabel:`Workflow Activity` data detailing how many emails have been "
+"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what "
-":guilabel:`Sent`, and what percentage of those have been "
+"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, "
-":guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
+"or :guilabel:`Bounced`."
 msgstr ""
-"Dacă :guilabel:`Tipul activității` al activității este setat pe "
-":guilabel:`Email`, sub datele :guilabel:`Activități flux de lucru`, există "
-"mai multe analize care detaliază câte emailuri au fost :guilabel:`Trimise`, "
-"și pe ce procent din acestea a fost :guilabel:`făcut Click`, la câte s-a "
-":guilabel:`Răspuns` , sau câte au fost :guilabel:`Respinse`."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:55
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62
 msgid "Child activities"
 msgstr "Activități copil"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:57
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64
 msgid ""
-"Odoo also has the option to :guilabel:`Add Child Activity`. *Child "
+"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking "
-"Activities* are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by) the "
+":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block"
-"activity above it, which is also known as its *Parent Activity*."
+" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form."
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo are și opțiunea de a :guilabel:`Adăugare activitate copil`. "
-"*Activitățile copil* sunt sub-activități care sunt conectate la (și "
-"declanșate de) activitatea de deasupra ei, care este cunoscută și ca "
-"*Activitatea părinte*."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:61
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
 msgid ""
-"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a :guilabel:`Child "
+"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)"
-"Activity` - all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the"
+" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*."
-" parent activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over "
-":guilabel:`Add child activity`, and select the trigger:"
 msgstr ""
-"Odoo oferă o serie de opțiuni de declanșare pentru a lansa o "
-":guilabel:`Activitate copil` - toate care depind de configurările "
-"declanșatorului în relație cu activitatea părinte. Sub activitatea părinte "
-"dorită, treceți cu mouse-ul peste :guilabel:`Adăugați activitate copil`, și "
-"selectați declanșatorul:"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:65
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+msgid ""
+"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - "
+"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent "
+"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child"
+" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity."
 msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Adăugați o altă activitate`: adăugați instantaneu o altă "
 "activitate."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:66
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) "
 "recipient opens the mailing."
@@ -1876,7 +1788,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Deschisă`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul (emailului) deschide emailul."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient"
 " does not open the mailing."
@@ -1884,7 +1796,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Nu a fost deschis`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul nu deschide emailul."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:70
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "replies to the mailing."
@@ -1892,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul răspunde la email."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not reply to the mailing."
@@ -1900,7 +1812,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Nu a răspuns`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul nu răspunde la email."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:73
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient "
 "clicks on a link included in the mailing."
@@ -1908,7 +1820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`făcut Click`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul face clic pe un link inclus în email."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the "
 "recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing."
@@ -1916,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`Nu a făcut clic`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "destinatarul nu face clic pe un link inclus în email."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:77
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87
 msgid ""
 ":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is "
 "bounced (not sent)."
@@ -1924,16 +1836,14 @@ msgstr ""
 ":guilabel:`A fost respins`: următoarea activitate va fi declanșată dacă "
 "emailul este respins (nu este trimis)."
 
-#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:79
+#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89
 msgid ""
 "Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it "
-"has the same configuration options as a regular activity) and click "
+"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click "
-":guilabel:`Save & Close`` to finish creating the child activity."
+":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will "
+"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly "
+"indented position beneath its parent activity."
 msgstr ""
-"Odată ce un declanșator este selectat, utilizatorul poate configura "
-"activitatea copil (are aceleași opțiuni de configurare ca o activitate "
-"obisnuită) și poate face clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați și închideți`` pentru a "
-"finaliza crearea activității copil."
 
 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8
 msgid "SMS Marketing"

locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -5,19 +5,20 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Dragos Vasile, 2023
-# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023
+# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023
 # Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023
+# Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1319,160 +1320,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Prezentare generală"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr "Forum și eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Forum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-"Mai mult decât emailul, chatul live, formularele web și linii telefonice, "
-"oferă clienților tăi un forum de asistență. Astfel, clienții ar putea deveni"
-" mai apropiați de compania ta deoarece ar investi timp pentru a intra în "
-"detalii despre afacerea ta. De asemenea, îi încurajezi pe clienți să schimbe"
-" experiențe și cunoștințe, susținând sentimentul de apartenență la o "
-"comunitate (comunitatea ta!)."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr "Configurare"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-"Mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipă Helpdesk` și "
-"activează *Centru de ajutor*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unei echipe de helpdesk, evidențiază funcția centrului de ajutor în\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-"Creează sau editează un forum făcând clic pe link-ul extern. Între opțiunile"
-" de editare, alege dacă dorești ca *Modul Forum* să fie *Întrebări*: este "
-"permis doar un răspuns pe întrebare sau *Discuții*: sunt permise mai multe "
-"răspunsuri pe întrebare."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unui forum în Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-"De acum înainte, utilizatorii autentificați pot începe discuțiile. Pentru a "
-"ține evidența postărilor, mergi la :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> "
-"Postări`."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-"Prezentarea generală a paginii Forumuri a unui website pentru a le arăta "
-"cele disponibile în Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-"Transformă tichetele în postări de forum simplu făcând clic pe *Partajează "
-"pe Forum* pe pagina tichetului."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "eLearning"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-"În plus față de un forum, oferă cursuri online. Atunci când faci asta, legi "
-"nevoile și întrebările clienților și utilizatorilor la conținut util, "
-"ajutând la creșterea eficienței deoarece ei pot găsi și răspunsurile acolo."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-"Mergi la :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configurare --> Echipe Helpdesk` și "
-"activează *eLearning*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-"Prezentarea generală a paginii de setări a unei echipe de asistență clienți, evidențiază funcția elearning în\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-"Odată ce structura și conținutul cursului sunt gata, *Publică* apăsând pe "
-"*Nepublicat*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr "Vedere a unui curs care este publicat pentru Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-"Pentru a ține evidența statisticilor cursului, mergi la *eLearning* și *Vezi"
-" Curs*."
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-"Vedere a tabloului de bord al aplicației elearning pentru Odoo Helpdesk"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Todo"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-"DETALII/INFORMAȚII AR TREBUI SĂ VINĂ DIN DOCUMENTAȚIA ELEARNING. ASTEPTAȚI  "
-"PÂNĂ CÂND DOCUMENTAȚIA ELEARNING ESTE DISPONIBILĂ!"
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1771,6 +1618,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Centru de ajutor"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Cunoștințe"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr "Forum comunitate"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Adresând o întrebare"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Acceptarea unui răspuns"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Răspuns acceptat"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Răspuns marcat"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr "Adresați întrebări"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr "Răspundeți la întrebări"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr "Editează postările proprii"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Editează toate postările"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr "Închideți propriile postări"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Închideți toate postările"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr "Ștergeți postările proprii"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Ștergeți toate postările"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Acceptați un răspuns la toate întrebările"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr "Deconectați propriile comentarii"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Deconectați toate comentariile"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr "Adresați întrebări fără validare"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Semnalează un post ca fiind ofensator"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr "Postări moderate"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Schimbați etichetele de întrebare"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Creați etichete noi"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "eLearning"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023
+# Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -132,3 +133,503 @@ msgid ""
 "If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be "
 "configured to use the computer's keyboard layout."
 msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Kadri"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Dodaj novega zaposlenega"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "Delovne izkušnje"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Veščine"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""

locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po

@@ -6,18 +6,19 @@
 # Translators:
 # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023
 # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023
-# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023
+# Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023
 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-06-02 08:43+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -1307,124 +1308,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Overview"
 msgstr "Pregled"
 
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3
-msgid "Forum and eLearning"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6
-msgid "Forum"
-msgstr "Forum"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8
-msgid ""
-"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer "
-"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more "
-"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details"
-" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and "
-"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your "
-"community!)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52
-msgid "Set up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and "
-"enable *Help Center*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the help center feature in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23
-msgid ""
-"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing "
-"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only "
-"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are "
-"allowed per question."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "Overview of a forum’s settings page in Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31
-msgid ""
-"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of "
-"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
-"Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38
-msgid ""
-"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on "
-"the ticket's page."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45
-msgid "eLearning"
-msgstr "eUčenje"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47
-msgid ""
-"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your "
-"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost"
-" efficiency as they can also find their answers there."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54
-msgid ""
-"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and "
-"enable *eLearning*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid ""
-"Overview of the settings page of a customer care team emphasizing the feature elearning in\n"
-"Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61
-msgid ""
-"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by "
-"clicking on *Unpublished*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67
-msgid ""
-"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View "
-"Course*."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst-1
-msgid "View of the elearning applications dashboard for Odoo Helpdesk"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid "Todo"
-msgstr "Za obdelavo"
-
-#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73
-msgid ""
-"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE "
-"AVAILABLE!"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3
 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1723,6 +1606,804 @@ msgid ""
 "the stage."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3
+msgid "Help center"
+msgstr "Center za pomoč"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* "
+"apps to create the *help center*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center "
+"features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12
+msgid ""
+"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can "
+"search for and share detailed information about products and services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16
+msgid ""
+"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, "
+"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to "
+"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See "
+":doc:`Getting Started "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more "
+"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23
+msgid ""
+"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other "
+"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of "
+"additional modules or applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26
+msgid ""
+"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a "
+"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been "
+"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31
+msgid "Knowledge"
+msgstr "Znanje"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33
+msgid ""
+"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can "
+"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented "
+"throughout the database by a *book* icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41
+msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43
+msgid ""
+"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47
+msgid ""
+"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49
+msgid ""
+"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` "
+"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the "
+"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` "
+"appears."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, "
+"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, "
+"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down "
+"menu to choose this article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58
+msgid ""
+"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then "
+"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located "
+"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the "
+":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle "
+"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to"
+" a *Helpdesk* team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67
+msgid ""
+"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content "
+"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71
+msgid ""
+":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74
+msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76
+msgid ""
+"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can "
+"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on "
+"the issue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79
+msgid ""
+"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* "
+"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> "
+"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83
+msgid ""
+"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail "
+"form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to "
+"open a search window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92
+msgid ""
+"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to"
+" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of"
+" the desired article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95
+msgid ""
+"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the "
+":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the "
+"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98
+msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101
+msgid ""
+"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will "
+"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105
+msgid "Share articles to the help center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107
+msgid ""
+"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website "
+"visitors, it has to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111
+msgid ""
+"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not "
+"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for "
+"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115
+msgid ""
+"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the "
+"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner."
+" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share "
+"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124
+msgid "Solve tickets with templates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126
+msgid ""
+"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be"
+" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. "
+"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, "
+"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131
+msgid "Add templates to articles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133
+msgid ""
+"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an"
+" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ "
+"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136
+msgid ""
+"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands "
+"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type "
+"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any "
+"necessary content to this block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145
+msgid ""
+"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or "
+":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from "
+"*Helpdesk*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149
+msgid "Use templates in tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151
+msgid ""
+"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a "
+"message, or to add information to the ticket's description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154
+msgid ""
+"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from "
+"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk "
+"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the "
+"list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the "
+"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search"
+" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo "
+"*Knowledge* application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` "
+"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the "
+"article."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165
+msgid ""
+"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, "
+"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the "
+"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169
+msgid ""
+"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click "
+":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template "
+"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the "
+"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as "
+"additional text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175
+msgid "Community Forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177
+msgid ""
+"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's "
+"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* "
+"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182
+msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184
+msgid ""
+"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by "
+"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and "
+"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188
+msgid ""
+"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to"
+" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable "
+":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192
+msgid ""
+"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By "
+"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. "
+"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community "
+"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu"
+" to enable that forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199
+msgid ""
+"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, "
+"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be "
+"selected in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203
+msgid "Set up a forum"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205
+msgid ""
+"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or "
+"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to "
+":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or "
+":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a "
+"forum to edit from the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210
+msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post,"
+" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit "
+"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216
+msgid ""
+"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the "
+":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying"
+" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting "
+"to change which users will have access to the forum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220
+msgid ""
+"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. "
+"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is "
+"published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228
+msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting"
+" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233
+msgid ""
+"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the "
+"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more "
+"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without "
+"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level "
+"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238
+msgid ""
+"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and "
+":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243
+msgid "Karma gains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause"
+" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248
+msgid "Asking a question"
+msgstr "Postavi vprašanje"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249
+msgid "Question upvoted"
+msgstr "Vprašanje glas za"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250
+msgid "Question downvoted"
+msgstr "Vprašanje glas proti"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251
+msgid "Answer upvoted"
+msgstr "Odgovor glas za"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252
+msgid "Answer downvoted"
+msgstr "Odgovor glas proti"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253
+msgid "Accepting an answer"
+msgstr "Sprejem odgovora"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254
+msgid "Answer accepted"
+msgstr "Odgovor sprejet"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255
+msgid "Answer flagged"
+msgstr "Odgovor označen"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257
+msgid "Karma related rights"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259
+msgid ""
+"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities "
+"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points."
+" Those activities are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262
+msgid "Ask questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263
+msgid "Answer questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264
+msgid "Upvote"
+msgstr "Glas za"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265
+msgid "Downvote"
+msgstr "Glasovanje proti"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266
+msgid "Edit own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267
+msgid "Edit all posts"
+msgstr "Urejanje vseh objav"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268
+msgid "Close own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269
+msgid "Close all posts"
+msgstr "Zaključek vseh objav"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270
+msgid "Delete own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271
+msgid "Delete all posts"
+msgstr "Brisanje vseh objav"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272
+msgid "Nofollow links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273
+msgid "Accept an answer on own question"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274
+msgid "Accept an answer to all questions"
+msgstr "Sprejem odgovora na vsa vprašanja"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275
+msgid "Editor features: image and links"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276
+msgid "Comment on own posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277
+msgid "Comment on all posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278
+msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279
+msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280
+msgid "Unlink own comments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281
+msgid "Unlink all comments"
+msgstr "Odstranitev povezave vseh komentarjev"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282
+msgid "Ask questions without validation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283
+msgid "Flag a post as offensive"
+msgstr "Označba objave za nedostojno"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284
+msgid "Moderate posts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285
+msgid "Change question tags"
+msgstr "Sprememba oznak vprašanja"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286
+msgid "Create new tags"
+msgstr "Ustvari nove oznake"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289
+msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291
+msgid ""
+"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team"
+" can be converted to forum posts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294
+msgid ""
+"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from "
+":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297
+msgid ""
+"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo "
+"Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303
+msgid ""
+"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to "
+"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client "
+"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in"
+" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all "
+"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309
+msgid "eLearning"
+msgstr "eUčenje"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in "
+"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing "
+"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find "
+"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the "
+"services and products they are using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317
+msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319
+msgid ""
+"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to "
+":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or "
+"create a :doc:`new one "
+"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323
+msgid ""
+"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section,"
+" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear "
+"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326
+msgid ""
+"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the "
+":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an "
+"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, "
+"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page."
+" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332
+msgid "Create an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334
+msgid ""
+"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's"
+" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337
+msgid ""
+"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to"
+" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template "
+"that can be customized and modified as needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341
+msgid ""
+"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that,"
+" :guilabel:`Tags`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343
+msgid ""
+"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, "
+"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be "
+"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course "
+":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` "
+"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site "
+"visitors or members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349
+msgid "Add content to an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351
+msgid ""
+"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select "
+":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-"
+"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize "
+"the course in sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361
+msgid ""
+"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning"
+" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled "
+":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366
+msgid ""
+"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369
+msgid "Publish an eLearning course"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371
+msgid ""
+"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents "
+"need to be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373
+msgid ""
+"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not "
+"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't"
+" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be "
+"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended "
+"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378
+msgid ""
+"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content "
+"must be published first, then the course can be published."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381
+msgid ""
+"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the "
+"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384
+msgid ""
+"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the "
+"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to "
+":guilabel:`Published`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388
+msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390
+msgid ""
+"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course "
+"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the "
+":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393
+msgid ""
+"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content "
+"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from"
+" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related"
+" to the course - even the non-published content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397
+msgid ""
+"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly"
+" beneath the search bar to switch to list view."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400
+msgid ""
+"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the "
+"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` "
+"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected "
+"at once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404
+msgid ""
+"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the "
+":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for "
+"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click "
+":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1
+msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3
 msgid "Customer ratings"
 msgstr ""

locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po

@@ -5,15 +5,16 @@
 # 
 # Translators:
 # Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023
+# Martin Trigaux, 2023
 # 
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-15 06:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-03 09:37+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023\n"
+"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n"
 "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
@@ -160,3 +161,503 @@ msgstr ""
 "<https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. "
 "Nếu máy quét mã vạch được kết nối trực tiếp với máy tính, nó phải được định "
 "cấu hình để sử dụng bố cục bàn phím của máy tính."
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7
+msgid "Employees"
+msgstr "Nhân viên"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9
+msgid ""
+"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and "
+"departments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3
+msgid "Add a new employee"
+msgstr "Thêm nhân viên mới"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5
+msgid ""
+"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee "
+"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the"
+" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the "
+"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then "
+"click :guilabel:`Save`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new employee card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15
+msgid ""
+"The current company phone number and name is populated in the "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19
+msgid "General information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22
+msgid "Required fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new"
+" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select "
+"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an "
+"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working "
+"times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38
+msgid ""
+"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company "
+"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41
+msgid ""
+"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the "
+"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be "
+"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll"
+" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or "
+"edit an existing one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46
+msgid ""
+"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the "
+"employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49
+msgid "Optional fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on"
+" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53
+msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54
+msgid ""
+"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the"
+" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once "
+"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit "
+"to the amount of tags that can be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57
+msgid ""
+"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, "
+":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down "
+"menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64
+msgid ""
+"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is "
+"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` "
+"field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68
+msgid ""
+"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, "
+":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External "
+"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`"
+" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click "
+":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74
+msgid "Additional information tabs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77
+msgid "Resumé tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80
+msgid "Resumé"
+msgstr "Resumé"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82
+msgid ""
+"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. "
+"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click "
+":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form"
+" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the "
+":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another "
+"line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92
+msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either "
+":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal "
+"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, "
+":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end "
+"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< "
+"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired "
+"month, then click on the day to select it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101
+msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104
+msgid "Skills"
+msgstr "Các kĩ năng"
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106
+msgid ""
+"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the "
+"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New "
+"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form "
+"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` "
+"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Create a new skill for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either "
+":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, "
+":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new "
+"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create "
+"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up"
+" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for"
+" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` "
+"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added"
+" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add a new skill and levels."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131
+msgid ""
+"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the "
+":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. "
+"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and "
+"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & "
+"New`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected "
+":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting "
+":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of "
+"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the "
+"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level "
+"or create a new skill level by typing it in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the "
+"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified "
+"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the "
+":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146
+msgid ""
+"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ "
+"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the"
+" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151
+msgid "Work information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down"
+" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company "
+"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is "
+"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees "
+"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and "
+":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` "
+"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email "
+"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` "
+"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after "
+"making any edits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and "
+":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button "
+"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours "
+"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as "
+"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click "
+":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for "
+"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of "
+":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there "
+"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the "
+"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning "
+"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0
+msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179
+msgid "Private information tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181
+msgid ""
+"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, "
+"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's "
+"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all "
+"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be "
+"entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186
+msgid ""
+"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital "
+"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, "
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` "
+"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, "
+"clicking a check box, or typing in the information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee."
+" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is "
+"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new "
+"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address "
+"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click "
+":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` "
+"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down"
+" menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, "
+":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or "
+":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the "
+"employee's emergency contact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by "
+"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options "
+"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, "
+":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of "
+"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to"
+" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as "
+"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and "
+":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a "
+"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, "
+"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and "
+":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and "
+"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to "
+"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification "
+"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the "
+"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the "
+"check box next to the respective fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information "
+"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check "
+"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other "
+"Dependent People` if applicable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the "
+"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or "
+":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar "
+"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration "
+"date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228
+msgid "HR settings tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230
+msgid ""
+"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the"
+" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for "
+"different locations, however some sections appear regardless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, "
+":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus."
+" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the "
+":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the "
+":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX "
+"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. "
+"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing "
+"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed"
+" amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243
+msgid ""
+":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. "
+"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`"
+" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has "
+"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a"
+" badge ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253
+msgid "Personal documents tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255
+msgid ""
+"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain "
+"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's"
+" location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258
+msgid ""
+"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving "
+"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card "
+"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the "
+":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File "
+"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1
+msgid ""
+"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n"
+"png, or pdf."
+msgstr ""